summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/69454-0.txt3301
-rw-r--r--old/69454-0.zipbin71793 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69454-h.zipbin321146 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/69454-h/69454-h.htm3928
-rw-r--r--old/69454-h/images/cover.jpgbin1387606 -> 0 bytes
8 files changed, 17 insertions, 7229 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f915d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #69454 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/69454)
diff --git a/old/69454-0.txt b/old/69454-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a8dc40c..0000000
--- a/old/69454-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3301 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of A defence of modern spiritualism, by
-Alfred Russel Wallace
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: A defence of modern spiritualism
-
-Author: Alfred Russel Wallace
-
-Contributor: Epes Sargent
-
-Release Date: December 1, 2022 [eBook #69454]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Richard Tonsing and the Online Distributed Proofreading
- Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from
- images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A DEFENCE OF MODERN
-SPIRITUALISM ***
-
-
-
-
-
- A DEFENCE
- OF
- MODERN SPIRITUALISM.
-
-
- BY
-
- ALFRED R. WALLACE, F. R. S.,
-
- AUTHOR OF “THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO,” “EXPLORATIONS
- ON THE AMAZON,” “THE THEORY OF NATURAL SELECTION,” ETC., ETC.
-
-
- WITH A PREFACE
-
- BY EPES SARGENT.
-
- SECOND THOUSAND.
-
-
- BOSTON:
-
- COLBY AND RICH,
-
- 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE.
-
- 1874.
-
-
-
-
- PREFACE.
-
- * * * * *
-
-
-The signs are, that both the moral and the religious systems of the
-future will be greatly modified by the advance of science. They will be
-more and more conformed to the facts of nature; not only to the facts
-which a diligent Materialism, working in a single direction, has brought
-to light, but to the transcendent facts which Modern Spiritualism has
-restored and proved. The one order of facts is incomplete without the
-other; and Materialism is as surely doomed to be encircled and
-transfigured by the wider horizon of Spiritualism, as the Ptolemaic
-system of the universe was doomed to be superseded by the Copernican.
-
-Unpopular facts often encounter an opposition quite as persistent as
-that which follows unpopular theories; and so intelligent Spiritualists
-are not disturbed by the antagonism which their facts have met with from
-the Huxleys, Tyndalls, Carpenters, and Büchners of our day. All these
-men, working as they are for science in their different ways, though
-under the disadvantage of an ignorance of certain phenomena of vast
-significance, are welcomed as fellow-laborers in the cause of truth by
-Spiritualists; for the latter, relying on their facts, are confident
-that genuine Science includes them all, and that every new discovery
-must be in harmony with all that they hold as true. Opposition to the
-phenomena, proceeding as it does from lack of knowledge, simply
-indicates the magnitude and astonishing character of the facts
-themselves, which could excite such incredulity in the face of such
-overwhelming testimony.
-
-Among the men of science who have either admitted the facts, or both the
-facts and the theory, of Spiritualism, are Hare, chemist; Varley, F. R.
-S., electrician; Flammarion, astronomer; Crookes, F. R. S., chemist;
-Hoefle, author of the “History of Chemistry;” Nichols, chemist; Fichte,
-philosopher; Liais, astronomer; Hermann Goldschmidt, astronomer, and the
-discoverer of fourteen planets; Von Esenbach, the greatest modern German
-botanist; Huggins, F. R. S., astronomer and spectroscopist; De Morgan,
-mathematician; Dille, physicist; Elliotson, Ashburner, and Gray,
-physicians and surgeons. To no one eminent man of science, however, has
-Spiritualism been more indebted than to Alfred Russell Wallace, F. R.
-S., distinguished for his researches in natural history, paleontology,
-and anthropology. His “Defence of Spiritualism,” here presented,
-appeared originally in the London Fortnightly Review for May and June,
-1874. Containing as it does the latest facts, no better tract for
-Spiritualists to offer as an answer to their opponents has yet appeared.
-
-Mr. Wallace, though he arrived, simultaneously with Mr. Darwin, at
-similar conclusions in regard to the origin of species, differs from him
-on a most important point; for Mr. Wallace believes that “a superior
-intelligence is necessary to account for man.” His acquaintance with the
-phenomena of Spiritualism must always give him, in the sweep and
-comprehensiveness of his anthropology, a great advantage over Mr.
-Darwin. Besides his great work on the “Natural History of the Malay
-Archipelago,” and an account of his “Explorations on the Amazon,” Mr.
-Wallace is the author of “The Theory of Natural Selection,” and of many
-valuable papers in scientific journals. Dr. Hooker, president of the
-British Scientific Association, wrote, in 1868, “Of Mr. Wallace, and his
-many contributions to philosophical biology, it is not easy to speak
-without enthusiasm; for, putting aside their great merits, he,
-throughout his many writings, with a modesty as rare as I believe it to
-be in him unconscious, forgets his own unquestionable claims to the
-honor of having originated, independently of Mr. Darwin, the theories
-which he so ably defends.”
-
-The testimony of such an investigator as Mr. Wallace in behalf of the
-stupendous phenomena of Spiritualism is not to be lightly put aside or
-ignored. What can be said in reply to such an array of facts as he
-presents?
-
- E. S.
-
-
-
-
- A DEFENCE
- OF
- MODERN SPIRITUALISM.
-
- * * * * *
-
-
-It is with great diffidence, but under an imperative sense of duty, that
-the present writer accepts the opportunity afforded him of submitting to
-his readers some general account of a widespread movement, which, though
-for the most part treated with ridicule or contempt, he believes to
-embody truths of the most vital importance to human progress.[1] The
-subject to be treated is of such vast extent, the evidence concerning it
-is so varied and so extraordinary, the prejudices that surround it are
-so inveterate, that it is not possible to do it justice without entering
-into considerable detail. The reader who ventures on the perusal of the
-succeeding pages may, therefore, have his patience tried; but if he is
-able to throw aside his preconceived ideas of what is possible and what
-is impossible, and in the acceptance or rejection of the evidence
-submitted to him will carefully weigh and be solely guided by the nature
-of the concurrent testimony, the writer ventures to believe that he will
-not find his time and patience ill bestowed.
-
-Footnote 1:
-
- The following are the more important works which have been used in the
- preparation of this article: Judge Edmonds’s “Spiritual Tracts,” New
- York, 1858–1860. Robert Dale Owen’s “Footfalls on the Boundary of
- Another World,” Trübner & Co., 1861. E. Hardinge’s “Modern American
- Spiritualism,” New York, 1870. Robert Dale Owen’s “Debatable Land
- between this World and the Next,” Trübner & Co., 1871. “Report on
- Spiritualism of the Committee of the London Dialectical Society,”
- Longmans & Co., 1871. “Year-Book of Spiritualism,” Boston and London,
- 1871. Hudson Tuttle’s “Arcana of Spiritualism,” Boston, 1871. The
- Spiritual Magazine, 1861–1874. The Spiritualist Newspaper, 1872–1874.
- The Medium and Daybreak, 1869–1874.
-
-Few men, in this busy age, have leisure to read massive volumes devoted
-to special subjects. They gain much of their general knowledge, outside
-the limits of their profession or of any peculiar study, by means of
-periodical literature; and, as a rule, they are supplied with copious
-and accurate, though general, information. Some of our best thinkers and
-workers make known the results of their researches to the readers of
-magazines and reviews; and it is seldom that a writer whose information
-is meagre, or obtained at second-hand, is permitted to come before the
-public in their pages as an authoritative teacher. But as regards the
-subject we are now about to consider, this rule has not hitherto been
-followed. Those who have devoted many years to an examination of its
-phenomena have been, in most cases, refused a hearing; while men who
-have bestowed on it no adequate attention, and are almost wholly
-ignorant of the researches of others, have alone supplied the
-information to which a large proportion of the public have had access.
-In support of this statement it is necessary to refer, with brief
-comments, to some of the more prominent articles in which the phenomena
-and pretensions of Spiritualism have been recently discussed.
-
-At the beginning of the present year the readers of this Review were
-treated to “Experiences of Spiritualism,” by a writer of no mean
-ability, and of thoroughly advanced views. He assures his readers that
-he “conscientiously endeavored to qualify himself for speaking on this
-subject” by attending five séances, the details of several of which he
-narrates; and he comes to the conclusion that mediums are by no means
-ingenious deceivers, but “jugglers of the most vulgar order;” that the
-“spiritualistic mind falls a victim to the most patent frauds,” and
-greedily “accepts jugglery as manifestations of spirits”; and, lastly,
-that the mediums are as credulous as their dupes, and fall straightway
-into any trap that is laid for them. Now, on the evidence before him,
-and on the assumption that no more or better evidence would have been
-forthcoming had he devoted fifty instead of five evenings to the
-inquiry, the conclusions of Lord Amberley are perfectly logical; but, so
-far from what he witnessed being a “specimen of the kind of
-manifestations by which Spiritualists are convinced,” a very little
-acquaintance with the literature of the subject would have shown him
-that no Spiritualist of any mark was ever convinced by any quantity of
-such evidence. In an article published since Lord Amberley’s—in London
-Society for February—the author, a barrister and well-known literary
-man, says:
-
- “It was difficult for me to give in to the idea that solid objects
- could be conveyed, invisibly, through closed doors, or that heavy
- furniture could be moved without the interposition of hands.
- Philosophers will say these things are absolutely impossible;
- nevertheless, it is absolutely certain that they do occur. I have met
- in the houses of private friends, as witnesses of these phenomena,
- persons whose testimony would go for a good deal in a court of
- justice. They have included peers, members of parliament, diplomatists
- of the highest rank, judges, barristers, physicians, clergymen,
- members of learned societies, chemists, engineers, journalists, and
- thinkers of all sorts and degrees. They have suggested and carried
- into effect tests of the most rigid and satisfactory character. The
- media (all non-professional) have been searched before and after
- séances. The precaution has even been taken of providing them
- unexpectedly with other apparel. They have been tied; they have been
- sealed; they have been secured in every cunning and dexterous manner
- that ingenuity could devise, but no deception has been discovered and
- no imposture brought to light. Neither was there any motive for
- imposture. No fee or reward of any kind depended upon the success or
- non-success of the manifestations.”
-
-Now here we have a nice question of probabilities. We must either
-believe that Lord Amberley is almost infinitely more acute than Mr.
-Dunphy and his host of eminent friends—so that after five séances (most
-of them failures) he has got to the bottom of a mystery in which they,
-notwithstanding their utmost endeavors, still hopelessly flounder—or,
-that the noble lord’s acuteness does not surpass the combined acuteness
-of all these persons; in which case their much larger experience, and
-their having witnessed many things Lord Amberley has not witnessed, must
-be held to have the greater weight, and to show, at all events, that all
-mediums are not “jugglers of the most vulgar order.”
-
-In October last the New Quarterly Magazine, in its opening number, had
-an article entitled “A Spiritualistic Séance;” but which proved to be an
-account of certain ingenious contrivances by which some of the phenomena
-usual at séances were imitated, and both Spiritualists and skeptics
-deceived and confounded. This appears at first sight to be an exposure
-of Spiritualism, but it is really very favorable to its pretensions; for
-it goes on the assumption that the marvelous phenomena witnessed do
-really occur, but are produced by various mechanical contrivances. In
-this case the rooms above, below, and at the side of that in which the
-séance was held had to be prepared with specially constructed machinery,
-with assistants to work it. The apparatus, as described, would cost at
-least £100, and would then only serve to produce a few fixed phenomena,
-such as happen frequently in private houses and at the lodgings of
-mediums who have not exclusive possession of any of the adjoining rooms,
-or the means of obtaining expensive machinery and hired assistants. The
-article bears internal evidence of being altogether a fictitious
-narrative; but it helps to demonstrate, if any demonstration is
-required, that the phenomena which occur under such protean forms and
-varied conditions, and in private houses quite as often as at the
-apartments of the mediums, are in no way produced by machinery.
-
-Perhaps the most prominent recent attack on Spiritualism was that in the
-Quarterly Review for October, 1871, which is known to have been written
-by an eminent physiologist, and did much to blind the public to the real
-nature of the movement. This article, after giving a light sketch of the
-reported phenomena, entered into some details as to planchette-writing
-and table-lifting—facts on which no Spiritualist depends as evidence to
-a third party—and then proceeded to define its standpoint as follows:
-
- “Our position, then, is that the so-called spiritual communications
- come from _within_, not from without, the individuals who suppose
- themselves to be the recipients of them; that they belong to the class
- termed ‘subjective’ by physiologists and psychologists, and that the
- movements by which they are expressed, whether the tilting of tables
- or the writing of planchettes, are really produced by their own
- muscular action exerted independently of their own wills and quite
- unconsciously to themselves.”
-
-Several pages are then devoted to accounts of séances which, like Lord
-Amberley’s, were mostly failures; and to the experiences of a Bath
-clergyman who believed that the communications came from devils; and,
-generally, such weak and inconclusive phenomena only are adduced as can
-be easily explained by the well-worn formulæ of “unconscious
-cerebration,” “expectant attention,” and “unconscious muscular action.”
-A few of the more startling physical phenomena are mentioned merely to
-be discredited and the judgment of the witnesses impugned; but no
-attempt is made to place before the reader any information as to the
-amount or the weight of the testimony to such phenomena, or to the long
-series of diverse phenomena which lead up to and confirm them. Some of
-the experiments of Prof. Hare and Mr. Crookes are quoted and criticised
-in the spirit of assuming that these experienced physicists were
-ignorant of the simplest principles of mechanics, and failed to use the
-most ordinary precautions. Of the numerous and varied cases on record,
-of heavy bodies being moved without direct or indirect contact by any
-human being, no notice is taken, except so far as quoting Mr. C. F.
-Varley’s statement, that he had seen, in broad daylight, a small table
-moved ten feet, with no one near it but himself, and not touched by
-him—“as an example of the manner in which minds of this limited order
-are apt to become the dupes of their own imaginings.”
-
-This article, like the others here referred to, shows in the writer an
-utter forgetfulness of the maxim, that an argument is not answered till
-it is answered at its best. Amid the vast mass of recorded facts now
-accumulated by Spiritualists, there is, of course, much that is weak and
-inconclusive, much that is of no value as evidence, except to those who
-have independent reasons for faith in them. From this undigested mass it
-is the easiest thing in the world to pick out arguments that can be
-refuted and facts that can be explained away; but what is that to the
-purpose? It is not these that have convinced any one; but those
-weightier, oft-repeated and oft-tested facts which the writers referred
-to invariably ignore.
-
-Prof. Tyndall has also given the world (in his “Fragments of Science,”
-published in 1871) some account of his attempt to investigate these
-phenomena. Again, we have a minute record of a séance which was a
-failure, and in which the Professor, like Lord Amberley, easily imposed
-on some too credulous Spiritualists by improvising a few manifestations
-of his own. The article in question is dated as far back as 1864. We may
-therefore conclude that the Professor has not seen much of the subject;
-nor can he have made himself acquainted with what others have seen and
-carefully verified, or he would hardly have thought his communication
-worthy of the place it occupies among original researches and positive
-additions to human knowledge. Both its facts and its reasonings have
-been well replied to by Mr. Patrick Fraser Alexander, in his little work
-entitled “Spiritualism; a Narrative and a Discussion,” which we
-recommend to those who care to see how a very acute yet unprejudiced
-mind looks at the phenomena, and how inconclusive, even from a
-scientific standpoint, are the experiences adduced by Prof. Tyndall.
-
-The discussion in the Pall Mall Gazette in 1868, and a considerable
-private correspondence, indicates that scientific men almost invariably
-assume that, in this inquiry, they should be permitted, at the very
-outset, to impose conditions; and if, under such conditions, nothing
-happens, they consider it a proof of imposture or delusion. But they
-well know that, in all other branches of research, Nature, not they,
-determines the essential conditions, without a compliance with which no
-experiment will succeed. These conditions have to be learnt by a patient
-questioning of Nature, and they are different for each branch of
-science. How much more may they be expected to differ in an inquiry
-which deals with subtle forces of the nature of which the physicist is
-wholly and absolutely ignorant! To ask to be allowed to deal with these
-unknown phenomena as he has hitherto dealt with known phenomena, is
-practically to prejudge the question, since it assumes that both are
-governed by the same laws.
-
-From the sketch which has now been given of the recent treatment of the
-subject by popular and scientific writers, we can summarize pretty
-accurately their mental attitude in regard to it. They have seen very
-little of the phenomena themselves, and they cannot believe that others
-have seen much more. They have encountered people who are easily
-deceived by a little unexpected trickery, and they conclude that the
-convictions of Spiritualists generally are founded on phenomena
-produced, either consciously or unconsciously, in a similar way. They
-are so firmly convinced, on _a priori_ grounds, that the more remarkable
-phenomena said to happen do not really happen, that they will back their
-conviction against the direct testimony of any body of men, preferring
-to believe that they are all the victims of some mysterious delusion
-whenever imposture is out of the question. To influence persons in this
-frame of mind, it is evident that _more_ personal testimony to isolated
-facts is utterly useless. They have, to use the admirable expression of
-Dr. Carpenter, “no place in the existing fabric of their thought into
-which such facts can be fitted.” It is necessary, therefore, to modify
-the “fabric of thought” itself; and it appears to the present writer
-that this can best be done by a general historic sketch of the subject,
-and by showing, by separate lines of inquiry, how wide and varied is the
-evidence, and how remarkably these lines converge toward one uniform
-conclusion. The endeavor will be made to indicate, by typical examples
-of each class of evidence and without unnecessary detail, the cumulative
-force of the argument.
-
-
-
-
- HISTORICAL SKETCH.
-
-
-Modern Spiritualism dates from March, 1848; it being then that, for the
-first time, intelligent communications were held with the unknown cause
-of the mysterious knockings and other sounds, similar to those which had
-disturbed the Mompesson and Wesley families in the seventeenth and
-eighteenth centuries. This discovery was made by Miss Kate Fox, a girl
-of nine years old, and the first recognized example of an extensive
-class now known as mediums. It is worthy of remark that this very first
-“modern spiritual manifestation” was subjected to the test of unlimited
-examination by all the inhabitants of the village of Hydesville, New
-York. Though all were utter skeptics, no one could discover any cause
-for the noises, which continued, though with less violence, when all the
-children had left the house. Nothing is more common than the remark that
-it is absurd and illogical to impute noises, of which we cannot discover
-the cause, to the agency of spirits. So it undoubtedly is when the
-noises are merely noises; but is it so illogical when these noises turn
-out to be signals, and signals which spell out a fact, which fact,
-though wholly unknown to all present, turns out to be true? Yet, on this
-very first occasion, twenty-six years ago, the signals declared that a
-murdered man was buried in the cellar of the house; it indicated the
-exact spot in the cellar under which the body lay; and upon digging
-there, at a depth of six or seven feet, considerable portions of a human
-skeleton were found. Yet more: the name of the murdered man was given,
-and it was ascertained that such a person had visited that very house
-and had disappeared five years before, and had never been heard of
-since. The signals further declared that he, the murdered man, was the
-signaller; and as all the witnesses had satisfied themselves that the
-signals were not made by any living person or by any assignable cause,
-the logical conclusion from the facts was, that it _was_ the spirit[2]
-of the murdered man; although such a conclusion might be to some in the
-highest degree improbable, and to others in the highest degree absurd.
-
-Footnote 2:
-
- It may be as well here to explain that the word “spirit,” which is
- often considered to be so objectionable by scientific men, is used
- throughout this article (or at all events in the earlier portions of
- it) merely to avoid circumlocution, in the sense of the “intelligent
- cause of the phenomena,” and not as implying “the spirits of the
- dead,” unless so expressly stated.
-
-The Misses Fox now became involuntary mediums, and the family (which had
-removed to the city of Rochester) were accused of imposture, and offered
-to submit the children to examination by a committee of townsmen
-appointed in public meeting. Three committees were successively
-appointed; the last, composed of violent skeptics who had accused the
-previous committees of stupidity or connivance. But all three, after
-unlimited investigation, were forced to declare that the cause of the
-phenomena was undiscoverable. The sounds occurred on the wall and floor
-while the mediums, after being thoroughly searched by ladies, “stood on
-pillows, barefooted, and with their clothes tied round their ankles.”
-The last and most skeptical committee reported that, “They had heard
-sounds, and failed utterly to discover their origin. They had proved
-that neither machinery nor imposture had been used; and their questions,
-_many of them being mental_, were answered correctly.” When we consider
-that the mediums were two children under twelve years of age, and the
-examiners utterly skeptical American citizens, thoroughly resolved to
-detect imposture, and urged on by excited public meetings, it may
-perhaps be considered that even at this early stage the question of
-imposture or delusion was pretty well settled in the negative.
-
-In a short time persons who sat with the Misses Fox found themselves to
-have similar powers in a greater or less degree; and in two or three
-years the movement had spread over a large part of the United States,
-developing into a variety of strange forms, encountering the most
-violent skepticism and the most rancorous hostility, yet always
-progressing, and making converts even among the most enlightened and
-best educated classes. In 1851, some of the most intelligent men in New
-York—judges, senators, doctors, lawyers, merchants, clergymen and
-authors—formed themselves into a society for investigation. Judge
-Edmonds was one of these; and a sketch of the kind and amount of
-evidence that was required to convince him will be given further on. In
-1854 a second spiritual society was formed in New York. It had the names
-of four judges and two physicians among its Vice-Presidents, showing
-that the movement had by this time become respectable, and that men in
-high social positions were not afraid of identifying themselves with it.
-A little later Professor Mapes, an eminent agricultural chemist, was led
-to undertake the investigation of Spiritualism. He formed a circle of
-twelve friends, most of them men of talent, and skeptics, who bound
-themselves to sit together weekly, with a medium, twenty times. For the
-first eighteen evenings the phenomena were so trivial and unsatisfactory
-that most of the party felt disgusted at the loss of time; but the last
-two sittings produced phenomena of so startling a character that the
-investigation was continued by the same circle _for four years, and all
-became Spiritualists_.
-
-By this time the movement had spread into every part of the Union, and,
-notwithstanding that its adherents were abused as impostors or dupes,
-that they were in several cases expelled from colleges and churches and
-were confined as lunatics, and that the whole thing was “explained” over
-and over again—it has continued to spread up to the present hour. The
-secret of this appears to have been, that the explanations given never
-applied to the phenomena continually occurring, and of which there were
-numerous witnesses. A medium was raised in the air in a crowded room in
-full daylight. (“Modern American Spiritualism,” p. 279.) A scientific
-skeptic prepared a small portable apparatus, by which he could produce
-an instantaneous illumination; and, taking it to a dark séance at which
-numerous musical instruments were played, suddenly lighted up the room
-while a large drum was being violently beaten, in the certain
-expectation of revealing the impostor to the whole company. But what
-they all saw was the drumstick itself beating the drum, with no human
-being near it. It struck a few more blows, then rose into the air and
-descended gently on to the shoulder of a lady. (Same work, p. 337.) At
-Toronto, Canada, in a well-lighted room, an accompaniment to a song was
-played on a closed and locked piano. (Same work, p. 463.) Communications
-were given in raised letters on the arm of an ignorant servant girl, who
-often could not read them. They sometimes appeared while she was at her
-household work, and after being read by her master or mistress would
-disappear. (Same work, p. 196.) Letters closed in any number of
-envelopes, sealed up of even pasted together over the whole of the
-written surface, were read and answered by certain mediums in whom this
-special power was developed. It mattered not what language the letters
-were written in; and it is upon record that letters in German, Greek,
-Hebrew, Arabic, Chinese, French, Welsh and Mexican, have been correctly
-answered in the corresponding languages by a medium who knew none of
-them. (Judge Edmonds’s “Letters on Spiritualism,” pp. 59–103, Appendix.)
-Other mediums drew portraits of deceased persons whom they had never
-known or heard of. Others healed diseases. But those who helped most to
-spread the belief were, perhaps, the trance-speakers, who, in eloquent
-and powerful language, developed the principles and the uses of
-Spiritualism, answered objections, spread abroad a knowledge of the
-phenomena, and thus induced skeptics to inquire into the facts; and
-inquiry was almost invariably followed by conversion. Having repeatedly
-listened to three of these speakers who have visited this country, I can
-bear witness that they fully equal, and not unfrequently surpass our
-best orators and preachers; whether in finished eloquence, in close and
-logical argument, or in the readiness with which appropriate and
-convincing replies are made to all objectors. They are also remarkable
-for the perfect courtesy and suavity of their manner, and for the
-extreme patience and gentleness with which they meet the most violent
-opposition and the most unjust accusations.
-
-Men of the highest rank and greatest ability became convinced by these
-varied phenomena. No amount of education, of legal, medical or
-scientific training, was proof against the overwhelming force of the
-facts, whenever these facts were systematically and perseveringly
-inquired into. The number of Spiritualists in the Union is, according to
-those who have the best means of judging, from eight to eleven millions.
-This is the estimate of Judge Edmonds, who has had extensive
-correspondence on the subject with every part of the United States. The
-Hon. R. D. Owen, who has also had great opportunities of knowing the
-facts, considers it to be approximately correct; and it is affirmed by
-the editors of the “Year-Book of Spiritualism” for 1871. These numbers
-have been held to be absurdly exaggerated by persons having less
-information, especially by strangers who have made superficial inquiries
-in America; but it must be remembered that the Spiritualists are to a
-very limited extent an organized body, and that the mass of them make no
-public profession of their belief, but still remain members of some
-denominational church—circumstances that would greatly deceive an
-outsider. Nevertheless, the organization is of considerable extent.
-There were in America, in 1870, 20 State Associations and 105 Societies
-of Spiritualists, 207 lecturers, and about the same number of public
-mediums.
-
-In other parts of the world the movement has progressed more or less
-rapidly. Several of the more celebrated American mediums have visited
-this country, and not only made converts in all classes of society, but
-led to the formation of private circles and the discovery of mediumistic
-power in hundreds of families. There is scarcely a city or a
-considerable town in Continental Europe at the present moment where
-Spiritualists are not reckoned by hundreds, if not by thousands. There
-are said, on good authority, to be fifty thousand avowed Spiritualists
-in Paris and ten thousand in Lyons; and the numbers in England may be
-roughly estimated by the fact that there are four exclusively spiritual
-periodicals, one of which has a circulation of five thousand weekly.
-
-
-
-
- DEDUCTIONS FROM THE PRECEDING SKETCH.
-
-
-Before proceeding to a statement of the evidence which has convinced the
-more educated and more skeptical converts, let us consider briefly the
-bearing of the undoubted fact, that (to keep within bounds) many
-thousands of well-informed men, belonging to all classes of society and
-all professions, have, in each of the great civilized nations of the
-world, acknowledged the objective reality of these phenomena; although,
-almost without exception, they at first viewed them with dislike or
-contempt, as impostures or delusions. There is nothing parallel to it in
-the history of human thought; because there never before existed so
-strong and apparently so well-founded a conviction that phenomena of
-this kind never have happened and never can happen. It is often said,
-that the number of adherents to a belief is no proof of its truth. This
-remark justly applies to most religions whose arguments appeal to the
-emotions and the intellect but not to the evidence of the senses. It is
-equally just as applied to a great part of modern science. The almost
-universal belief in gravitation, and in the undulatory theory of light,
-does not render them in any degree more probable; because very few
-indeed of the believers have tested the facts which most convincingly
-demonstrate those theories, or are able to follow out the reasoning by
-which they are demonstrated. It is for the most part a blind belief
-accepted upon authority. But with these spiritual phenomena the case is
-very different. They are to most men so new, so strange, so incredible,
-so opposed to their whole habit of thought, so apparently opposed to the
-pervading scientific spirit of the age, that they cannot and do not
-accept them on second-hand evidence, as they do almost every other kind
-of knowledge. The thousands or millions of Spiritualists, therefore,
-represent to a very large extent men who have witnessed, examined, and
-tested the evidence for themselves, over and over and over again, till
-that which they had at first been unable to admit _could_ be true, they
-have at last been compelled to acknowledge _is_ true. This accounts for
-the utter failure of all the attempted “exposures” and “explanations” to
-convince one solitary believer of his error. The exposers and explainers
-have never got beyond those first difficulties which constitute the
-_pons asinorum_ of Spiritualism, which every believer has to get over,
-but at which early stage of investigation no converts are ever made. By
-explaining table-turning, or table-tilting, or raps, you do not
-influence a man who was never convinced by these, but who, in broad
-daylight, sees objects move without contact, and behave as if guided by
-intelligent beings; and who sees this in a variety of forms, in a
-variety of places, and under such varied and stringent conditions, as to
-make the fact to him just as real as the movement of iron to the magnet.
-By explaining automatic writing (which itself convinces no one but the
-writer, and not always even him), you do not affect the belief of the
-man who has obtained writing when neither pencil nor paper was touched
-by any one; or has seen a hand not attached to any human body take up a
-pencil and write; or; as Mr. Andrew Leighton, of Liverpool, testifies,
-has seen a pencil rise of itself on a table and write the words: “_And
-is this world of strife to end in dust at last?_” Thus it is that there
-are so few recantations or perverts in Spiritualism; so few, that it may
-be truly said there are none. After much inquiry and reading I can find
-no example of a man who, having acquired a good personal knowledge of
-all the chief phases of the phenomena, has subsequently come to
-disbelieve in their reality. If the “explanations” and “exposures” were
-good for anything, or if it were an imposture to expose or a delusion to
-explain, this could not be the case, because there are numbers of men
-who have become convinced of the facts, but who have not accepted the
-spiritual theory. These are, for the most part, in an uncomfortable and
-unsettled frame of mind, and would gladly welcome an explanation which
-really explained anything—but they find it not. As an eminent example of
-this class, I may mention Dr. J. Lockhart Robertson, long one of the
-editors of the Journal of Mental Science—a physician who, having made
-mental disease his special study, would not be easily taken in by any
-psychological delusions. The phenomena he witnessed fourteen years ago
-were of a violent character; a very strong table being, at his own
-request and in his own house, broken to pieces while he held the
-medium’s hands. He afterwards himself tried to break a remaining leg of
-the table, but failed to do so after exerting all his strength. Another
-table was tilted over while all the party sat on it. He subsequently had
-a sitting with Mr. Home, and witnessed the usual phenomena occurring
-with that extraordinary medium—such as the accordion playing “most
-wonderful music without any human agency,” “a shadow hand, not that of
-any one present, which lifts a pencil and writes with it,” &c., &c.; and
-he says that he can “no more doubt the physical manifestations of
-(so-called) Spiritualism than he would any other fact—as, for example,
-the fall of an apple to the ground of which his senses informed him.”
-His record of these phenomena, with the confirmation by a friend who was
-present, is published in the “Dialectical Society’s Report on
-Spiritualism,” p. 247; and, at a meeting of Spiritualists in 1870, he
-reasserted the facts, but denied their spiritual origin. To such a man
-the Quarterly Reviewer’s explanations are worthless; yet it may be
-safely said, that every advanced Spiritualist has seen more remarkable,
-more varied, and even more inexplicable phenomena than those recorded by
-Dr. Robertson, and is therefore still further out of reach of the
-arguments referred to, which are indeed only calculated to convince
-those who know little or nothing of the matter.
-
-
-
-
- EVIDENCE OF THE FACTS.
-
-
-The subject of the evidences of the objective phenomena of Spiritualism
-is such a large one that it will be only possible here to give a few
-typical examples, calculated to show how wide is their range, and how
-conclusively they reach every objection that the most skeptical have
-brought against them. This may perhaps be best done by giving, in the
-first place, an outline of the career of two or three well-known
-mediums; and, in the second, a sketch of the experiences and
-investigations of a few of the more remarkable converts to Spiritualism.
-
-_Career of Remarkable Mediums._—Miss Kate Fox, the little girl of nine
-years old, who, as already stated, was the first “medium” in the modern
-sense of the term, has continued to possess the same power for
-twenty-six years. At the very earliest stages of the movement, skeptic
-after skeptic, committee after committee endeavored to discover “the
-trick;” but if it was a trick this little girl baffled them all, and the
-proverbial acuteness of the Yankee was of no avail. In 1860, when Dr.
-Robert Chambers visited America, he suggested to his friend, Robert Dale
-Owen, the use of a balance to test the lifting power. They accordingly,
-without preärrangement with the medium, took with them a powerful
-steelyard, and suspended from it a dining-table weighing one hundred and
-twenty-one pounds. Then, under a bright gas-light, the feet of the two
-mediums (Miss Fox and her sister) being both touched by the feet of the
-gentlemen, and the hands of all present being held over but not touching
-the table, it was made lighter or heavier at request, so as to weigh at
-one time only sixty, at another one hundred and thirty-four pounds. This
-experiment, be it remembered, was identical with one proposed by Faraday
-himself as being conclusive. Mr. Owen had many sittings with Miss Fox,
-for the purpose of test, and the precautions he took were extraordinary.
-He sat with her alone; he frequently changed the room without notice; he
-examined every article of furniture; he locked the doors and fastened
-them with strips of paper privately sealed; he held both the hands of
-the medium. Under these conditions various phenomena occurred, the most
-remarkable being the illumination of a piece of paper (which he had
-brought himself, cut of a peculiar size, and privately marked,) showing
-a dark hand writing on the floor. The paper afterwards rose up on to the
-table with legible writing upon it, containing a promise which was
-subsequently verified. (“Debatable Land,” p. 293.)
-
-But Miss Fox’s powers were most remarkably shown in the séances with Mr.
-Livermore, a well-known New York banker, and an entire skeptic before
-commencing these experiments. These sittings were more than three
-hundred in number, extending over five years. They took place in four
-different houses (Mr. Livermore’s and the medium’s being both changed
-during this period), under tests of the most rigid description. The
-chief phenomenon was the appearance of a tangible, visible and audible
-figure of Mr. Livermore’s deceased wife, sometimes accompanied by a male
-figure, purporting to be Dr. Franklin. The former figure was often most
-distinct and absolutely life-like. It moved various objects in the room.
-It wrote messages on cards. It was sometimes formed out of a luminous
-cloud, and again vanished before the eyes of the witnesses. It allowed a
-portion of its dress to be cut off, which, though at first of strong and
-apparently gauzy material texture, yet in a short time melted away and
-became invisible. Flowers which melted away were also given. These
-phenomena occurred best when Mr. L. and the medium were alone; but two
-witnesses were occasionally admitted, who tested everything and
-confirmed Mr. L.’s testimony. One of these was Mr. Livermore’s
-physician, the other his brother-in-law; the latter previously a
-skeptic. The details of these wonderful séances were published in the
-Spiritual Magazine in 1862 and 1863; and the more remarkable are given
-in Owen’s “Debatable Land,” from which work a good idea may be formed of
-the great variety of the phenomena that occurred and the stringent
-character of the tests employed.
-
-Miss Fox recently came to England, and here also her powers have been
-tested by a competent man of science, and found to be all that has been
-stated. She is now married to an English barrister, and some of the
-strange phenomena which have so long accompanied her attach themselves
-to her infant child, even when its mother is away, to the great alarm of
-the nurse. We have here, therefore, a career of twenty-six years of
-mediumship of the most varied and remarkable character; mediumship which
-has been scrutinized and tested from the first hour of its manifestation
-down to this day, and with one invariable result—that no imposture or
-attempt at imposture has ever been discovered, and no cause ever been
-suggested that will account for the phenomena except that advanced by
-Spiritualists.
-
-
-Mr. Daniel D. Home is perhaps the best known medium in the world; and
-his powers have been open to examination for at least twenty years.
-Nineteen years ago Sir David Brewster and Lord Brougham had a sitting
-with him—sufficiently acute and eminent observers, and both, of course
-thorough skeptics. In the “Home Life of Sir David Brewster,” we have,
-fortunately, his own record of this sitting made _at the time_, although
-six months later, in a letter to the Morning Advertiser, he made the
-contradictory statement: “I saw enough to satisfy myself they could all
-be produced by human hands and feet.” He says: “The table actually rose
-from the ground when no hand was upon it;” and “a small hand-bell was
-laid down with its mouth on the carpet, and it actually rang when
-nothing could have touched it. The bell was then placed on the other
-side, still upon the carpet, and it came over to me and placed itself in
-my hand. It did the same to Lord Brougham.” And he adds, speaking for
-both, “We could give no explanation of them, and could not conjecture
-how they could be produced by any kind of mechanism.” Coming from the
-author of “Letters on Natural Magic,” this is pretty good testimony.
-
-These and far more marvelous phenomena have been repeated from that day
-to this many thousands of times, and almost always in private houses at
-which Mr. Home visits. Everybody testifies to the fact that he offers
-the most ample facilities for investigation; and to this I can myself
-bear witness, having been invited by him to examine as closely as I
-pleased an accordion, held by his one hand, keys downward, and in that
-position playing very sweetly. But perhaps the best-attested and most
-extraordinary phenomenon connected with Mr. Home’s mediumship is what is
-called the fire-test. In a state of trance he takes a glowing coal from
-the hottest part of a bright fire and carries it round the room, so that
-every one may see and feel that it is a real one. This is testified by
-Mr. H. D. Jencken, Lord Lindsay, Lord Adare, Miss Douglas, Mr. S. C.
-Hall, and many others. But, more strange still, when in this state he
-can detect the same power in other persons, or convey it to them. A lump
-of red-hot coal was once placed on Mr. S. C. Hall’s head in the presence
-of Lord Lindsay and four other persons. Mrs. Hall, in a communication to
-the Earl of Dunraven (given in the Spiritual Magazine, 1870, p. 178),
-says:
-
- “Mr. Hall was seated nearly opposite to where I sat; and I saw Mr.
- Home, after standing about half a minute at the back of Mr. Hall’s
- chair, deliberately place the lump of burning coal on his head! I have
- often wondered that I was not frightened, but I was not; I had perfect
- faith that he would not be injured. Some one said, ‘Is it not hot?’
- Mr. Hall answered, ‘Warm, but not hot!’ Mr. Home had moved a little
- way, but returned, still in a trance; he smiled, and seemed quite
- pleased, and then proceeded to draw up Mr. Hall’s white hair over the
- red coal. The white hair had the appearance of silver thread over the
- red coal. Mr. Home drew the hair into a sort of pyramid, the coal,
- still red, showing beneath the hair.”
-
-When taken off the head—which it had not in the slightest degree injured
-or singed the hair—others attempted to touch it, and were burnt. Lord
-Lindsay and Miss Douglas have also had hot coals placed in their hands,
-and they describe them as feeling rather cold than hot; though at the
-same time they burn any one else, and even scorch the face of the holder
-if approached too closely. The same witnesses also testify that Mr. Home
-has placed red-hot coals inside his waistcoat without scorching his
-clothes, and has put his face into the middle of the fire, his hair
-falling into the flames, yet not being the least singed. The same power
-of resisting fire can be temporarily given to inanimate objects. Mr. H.
-Nisbet, of Glasgow, states (“Human Nature,” Feb., 1870) that, in his own
-house, in January, 1870, Mr. Home placed a red-hot coal in the hands of
-a lady and gentleman, which they only felt warm; and then placed the
-same piece on a folded newspaper, burning a hole through eight layers of
-paper. He then took a fresh and blazing coal and laid it on the same
-newspaper, carrying it about the room for three minutes, when the paper
-was found, this time, not to have been the least burnt. Lord Lindsay
-further declares—and as one of the few noblemen who do real scientific
-work his evidence must be of some value—that on eight occasions he has
-had red-hot coals placed on his own hand by Home without injury. Mr. W.
-H. Harrison (“Spiritualist,” March 15th, 1870) saw him take a large
-coal, which covered the palm of his hand, and stood six or seven inches
-high. As he walked about the room it threw a ruddy glow on the walls,
-and when he came to the table with it, the heat was felt in the faces of
-all present. The coal was thus held for five minutes. These phenomena
-have now happened scores of times in the presence of scores of
-witnesses. They are facts, of the reality of which there can be no
-doubt; and they are altogether inexplicable by the known laws of
-physiology and heat.
-
-The powers of Mr. Home have lately been independently tested by Serjeant
-Cox and Mr. Crookes, and both these gentlemen emphatically proclaim that
-he invites tests and courts examination. Serjeant Cox, in his own house,
-has had a new accordion (purchased by himself that very day) play by
-itself, in his own hand, while Mr. Home was playing the piano. Mr. Home
-then took the accordion in his left hand, holding it with the keys
-downwards while playing the piano with his right hand, “and it played
-beautifully in accompaniment to the piano, for at least a quarter of an
-hour.” (“What Am I?” Vol. II., p. 388.)
-
-As to the possibility of these things being produced by trick, if
-further evidence than their mere statement be required, we have the
-following by Mr. T. Adolphus Trollope, who says, “I may also mention
-that Bosco, one of the greatest professors of legerdemain ever known, in
-a conversation with me upon the subject, utterly scouted the idea of the
-possibility of such phenomena as I saw produced by Mr. Home being
-performed by any of the resources of his art.”
-
-Mr. Home’s life has been to a great extent a public one. He has spent
-much of his time as a guest in the houses of people of rank and talent.
-He numbers among his friends many who are eminent in science, art, and
-literature—men certainly not inferior in perceptive or reasoning power
-to those who, not having witnessed the phenomena, disbelieve in their
-occurrence. For twenty years he has been exposed to the keen scrutiny
-and never-ceasing suspicion of innumerable inquirers; yet no proof has
-ever been given of trickery, no particle of machinery or apparatus ever
-been detected. But the phenomena are so stupendous that, if impostures,
-they could only be performed by machinery of the most elaborate, varied
-and cumbrous nature, requiring the aid of several assistants and
-confederates. The theory that they are delusions is equally untenable,
-unless it is admitted that there is no possible means of distinguishing
-delusion from reality.
-
-
-The last medium to whose career I shall call attention is Mrs. Guppy
-(formerly Miss Nichol), and in this case I can give some personal
-testimony. I knew Miss Nichol before she had ever heard of Spiritualism,
-table-rapping, or anything of the kind, and we first discovered her
-powers on asking her to sit for experiment in my house. This was in
-November, 1866, and for some months we had constant sittings, and I was
-able to watch and test the progress of her development. I first
-satisfied myself of the rising of a small table completely off the
-floor, when three or four persons (including Miss N.) placed their hands
-on it. I tested this by secretly attaching threads or thin strips of
-paper underneath the claws, so that they must be broken if any one
-attempted to raise the table with their feet, the only available means
-of doing so. The table still rose a full foot off the floor in broad
-daylight. In order to show this to friends with less trouble, I made a
-cylinder of hoops and brown paper, in which I placed the table so as to
-keep feet and dresses away from it while it rose, which it did as freely
-as before. Perhaps more marvelous was the placing of Miss N. herself on
-the table; for although this always happened in the dark, yet, under the
-conditions to be named, deception was impossible. I will relate one
-sitting of which I have notes. We sat in a friend’s house, round a
-centre table, under a glass chandelier. A friend of mine, but a perfect
-stranger to all the rest, sat next Miss Nichol and held both her hands.
-Another person had matches ready to strike a light when required. What
-occurred was as follows: First, Miss Nichol’s chair was drawn away from
-under her, and she was obliged to stand up, my friend still holding both
-her hands. In a minute or two more I heard a slight sound, such as might
-be produced by a person placing a wine-glass on the table, and at the
-same time a very slight rustling of clothes and tinkling of the glass
-pendants of the chandelier. Immediately my friend said, “She is gone
-from me.” A light was at once struck, and we found Miss N. quietly
-seated in her chair on the centre of the table, her head just touching
-the chandelier. My friend declared that Miss N. seemed to glide
-noiselessly out of his hands. She was very stout and heavy, and to get
-her chair on the table, to get upon it herself, in the dark,
-noiselessly, and almost instantaneously, with five or six persons close
-around her, appeared, and still appears to me, knowing her intimately,
-to be physically impossible.
-
-Another very curious and beautiful phenomenon was the production of
-delicate musical sounds, without any object calculated to produce them
-being in the room. On one occasion a German lady, who was a perfect
-stranger to Miss Nichol, and had never been at a séance before, was
-present. She sang several German songs, and most delicate music, like a
-fairy musical-box, accompanied her throughout. She sang four or five
-different songs of her own choice, and all were so accompanied. This was
-in the dark, but hands were joined all the time.
-
-The most remarkable feature of this lady’s mediumship is the production
-of flowers and fruits in closed rooms. The first time this occurred was
-at my own house at a very early stage of her development. All present
-were my own friends. Miss Nichol had come early to tea, it being
-mid-winter, and she had been with us in a very warm gas-lighted room
-four hours before the flowers appeared. The essential fact is, that upon
-a bare table in a small room closed and dark (the adjoining room and
-passage being well lighted), a quantity of flowers appeared, which were
-not there when we put out the gas a few minutes before. They consisted
-of anemones, tulips, chrysanthemums, Chinese primroses, and several
-ferns. All were absolutely fresh, as if just gathered from a
-conservatory. They were covered with a fine, cold dew. Not a petal was
-crumpled or broken, not the most delicate point or pinnule of the ferns
-was out of place. I dried and preserved the whole, and have, attached to
-them, the attestation of all present that they had no share, as far as
-they knew, in bringing the flowers into the room. I believed at the
-time, and still believe, that it was absolutely impossible for Miss N.
-to have concealed them so long, to have kept them so perfect, and, above
-all, to produce them covered throughout with a most beautiful coating of
-dew, just like that which collects on the outside of a tumbler when
-filled with very cold water on a hot day.
-
-Similar phenomena have occurred hundreds of times since, in many houses
-and under various conditions. Sometimes the flowers have been in vast
-quantities, heaped upon the table. Often flowers or fruits asked for are
-brought. A friend of mine asked for a sunflower, and one six feet high
-fell upon the table, having a large mass of earth about its roots. One
-of the most striking tests was at Florence, with Mr. T. Adolphus
-Trollope, Mrs. Trollope, Miss Blagden, and Colonel Harvey. The room was
-searched by the gentlemen; Mrs. Guppy was undressed and redressed by
-Mrs. Trollope, every article of her clothing being examined. Mr. and
-Mrs. Guppy were both firmly held while at the table. In about ten
-minutes all the party exclaimed that they smelt flowers, and, on
-lighting a candle, both Mrs. Guppy’s and Mr. Trollope’s arms were found
-covered with jonquils, which filled the room with their odor. Mr. Guppy
-and Mr. Trollope both relate this in substantially the same terms.
-(“Dialectical Society’s Report on Spiritualism,” pp. 277 and 372.)
-
-Surely these are phenomena about which there can be no mistake. What
-theories have ever been proposed by our scientific teachers which even
-attempt to account for them? Delusion it cannot be, for the flowers are
-real and can be preserved, and imposture under the conditions described
-is even less credible. If the gentlemen who came forward to enlighten
-the public on the subject of “so-called spiritual manifestations” do not
-know of the various classes of phenomena that have now been indicated,
-and the weight of the testimony in support of them, they are palpably
-unqualified for the task they have undertaken. That they do know of
-them, but keep back their knowledge, while putting forward trivialities
-easy to laugh at or expose, is a supposition I cannot for a moment
-entertain. Before leaving this part of the subject, it is well to note
-the fact of the marked individuality of each medium. They are not copies
-of each other, but each one develops a characteristic set of phenomena—a
-fact highly suggestive of some unconscious occult power in the
-individual, and wholly opposed to the idea of either imposture or
-delusion, both of which almost invariably copy preëxisting models.
-
-_Investigations by some Notable Skeptics._—In giving some account of how
-a few of the more important converts to Spiritualism became convinced,
-we are of course limited to those who have given their experiences to
-the public. I will first take the case of the eminent American lawyer,
-the Hon. J. W. Edmonds, commonly called Judge Edmonds; and it may be as
-well to let English skeptics know what he is thought of by his
-countrymen. When he first became a Spiritualist he was greatly abused;
-and it was even declared that he consulted the spirits on his judicial
-decisions. To defend himself, he published an “Appeal to the Public,”
-giving a full account of the inquiries which resulted in his conversion.
-In noticing this, the New York Evening Mirror said: “John W. Edmonds,
-the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of this District, is an able
-lawyer, an industrious judge and a good citizen. For the last eight
-years occupying without interruption the highest judicial stations,
-whatever may be his faults no one can justly accuse him of a lack of
-ability, industry, honesty or fearlessness. No one can doubt his general
-saneness, or can believe for a moment that the ordinary operations of
-his mind are not as rapid, accurate and reliable as ever. Both by the
-practitioners and suitors at his bar he is recognized as the head, in
-fact and in merit, of the Supreme Court for this District.” A few years
-later he published a series of letters on Spiritualism in the New York
-Tribune; and in the first of these he gives a compact summary of his
-mode of investigation, from which the following passages are extracted.
-It must be remembered that at the time he commenced the inquiry he was
-in the prime and vigor of intellectual life, being fifty-two years of
-age:
-
- “It was in January, 1851, that I first began my investigations, and it
- was not until April, 1853, that I became a firm believer in the
- reality of spiritual intercourse. During twenty-three months of those
- twenty-seven, I witnessed several hundred manifestations in various
- forms. I kept very minute and careful records of many of them. My
- practice was, whenever I attended a circle, to keep in pencil a
- memorandum of all that took place, so far as I could, and, as soon as
- I returned home, to write out a full account of what I had witnessed.
- I did all this with as much minuteness and particularity as I had ever
- kept any record of a trial before me in court. In this way, during
- that period, I preserved the record of nearly two hundred interviews,
- running through some one thousand six hundred pages of manuscript. I
- had these interviews with many different mediums, and under an
- infinite variety of circumstances. No two interviews were alike. There
- was always something new, or something different from what had
- previously occurred; and it very seldom happened that only the same
- persons were present. The manifestations were of almost every known
- form, physical or mental; sometimes only one, and sometimes both
- combined.
-
- “I resorted to every expedient I could devise to detect imposture and
- to guard against delusion. I felt in myself, and saw in others, how
- exciting was the idea that we were actually communing with the dead;
- and I labored to prevent any undue bias of my judgment. I was at times
- critical and captious to an unreasonable extreme; and when my belief
- was challenged, as it was over and over again, I refused to yield,
- except to evidence that would leave no possible room for cavil.
-
- “I was severely exacting in my demands, and this would frequently
- happen. I would go to a circle with some doubt on my mind as to the
- manifestations at the previous circle, and something would happen
- aimed directly at that doubt, and completely overthrowing it as it
- then seemed, so that I had no longer any reason to doubt. But I would
- go home and write out carefully my minutes of the evening, cogitate
- over them for several days, compare them with previous records, and
- finally find some loophole—some possibility that it might have been
- something else than spiritual influence, and I would go to the next
- circle with a new doubt, and a new set of queries.
-
- “I look back sometimes now, with a smile, at the ingenuity I wasted in
- devising ways and means to avoid the possibility of deception.
-
- “It was a remarkable feature of my investigations that every
- conceivable objection I could raise was, first or last, met and
- answered.”
-
-The following extracts are from the “Appeal”:
-
- “I have seen a mahogany table, having a centre leg, and with a lamp
- burning upon it, lifted from the floor at least a foot, in spite of
- the efforts of those present, and shaken backward and forward as one
- would shake a goblet in his hand, and the lamp retain its place,
- though its glass pendants rang again.
-
- “I have known a mahogany chair thrown on its side and moved swiftly
- back and forth on the floor, no one touching it, through a room where
- there were at least a dozen people sitting, yet no one was touched;
- and it was repeatedly stopped within a few inches of me, when it was
- coming with a violence which, if not arrested, must have broken my
- legs.”
-
-Having satisfied himself of the reality of the physical phenomena, he
-came to the question of whence comes the intelligence that was so
-remarkably connected with them. He says:
-
- “Preparatory to meeting a circle, I have sat down alone in my room,
- and carefully prepared a series of questions to be propounded, and I
- have been surprised to find my questions answered, and in the precise
- order in which I wrote them, without my even taking my memorandum out
- of my pocket, and when not a person present knew that I had prepared
- questions, much less what they were. My most secret thoughts, those
- which I have never uttered to mortal man or woman, have been freely
- spoken to as if I had uttered them; and I have been admonished that my
- every thought was known to, and could be disclosed by, the
- intelligence which was thus manifesting itself.
-
- “Still the question occurred, ‘May not all this have been, by some
- mysterious operation, the mere reflex of the mind of some one
- present?’ The answer was, that facts were communicated which were
- unknown then, but afterwards found to be true; like this, for
- instance: when I was absent last winter in Central America, my friends
- in town heard of my whereabouts and of the state of my health several
- times; and on my return, by comparing their information with the
- entries in my journal, it was found to be invariably correct. So
- thoughts have been uttered on subjects not then in my mind and utterly
- at variance with my own notions. This has often happened to me and to
- others, so as fully to establish the fact that it was not our minds
- that gave forth or affected the communication.”
-
-These few extracts sufficiently show that the writer was aware of the
-possible sources of error in such an inquiry; and the details given in
-the letters prove that he was constantly on his guard against them. He
-himself and his daughter became mediums; so that he afterwards obtained
-personal confirmation of many of the phenomena by himself alone. But all
-the phenomena referred to in the letters and “Appeal” occurred to him in
-the presence of others, who testified to them as well, and thus removed
-the possibility that the phenomena were subjective.
-
-We have yet to add a notice of what will be perhaps, to many persons,
-the most startling and convincing of all the Judge’s experiences. His
-own daughter became a medium for speaking foreign languages of which she
-was totally ignorant. He says: “She knows no language but her own, and a
-little smattering of boarding-school French; yet she has spoken in nine
-or ten different tongues, often for an hour at a time, with the ease and
-fluency of a native. It is not unfrequent that foreigners converse with
-their spirit-friends through her in their own language.” One of these
-cases must be given:
-
- “One evening, when some twelve or fifteen persons were in my parlor,
- Mr. E. D. Green, an artist of this city, was shown in, accompanied by
- a gentleman whom he introduced as Mr. Evangelides, of Greece. Ere long
- a spirit spoke to him through Laura, in English, and said so many
- things to him that he identified him as a friend who had died at his
- house a few years before, but of whom none of us had ever heard.
- Occasionally, through Laura, the spirit would speak a word or a
- sentence in Greek, until Mr. E. inquired if he could be understood if
- he spoke Greek? The residue of the conversation for more than an hour
- was, on his part, entirely in Greek, and on hers sometimes in Greek
- and sometimes in English. At times Laura would not understand what was
- the idea conveyed either by her or him. At other times she would
- understand him, though he spoke in Greek, and herself while uttering
- Greek words.”
-
-Several other cases are mentioned, and it is stated that this lady has
-spoken Spanish, French, Greek, Italian, Portuguese, Latin, Hungarian and
-Indian; and other languages which were unknown to any person present.
-
-This is by no means an isolated case, but it is given as being on most
-unexceptionable authority. A man must know whether his own daughter has
-learnt, so as to speak fluently, eight languages besides her own, or
-not. Those who carry on the conversation must know whether the language
-is spoken or not; and in several cases—as the Latin, Spanish, and
-Indian—the Judge himself understood the language. And the phenomenon is
-connected with Spiritualism by the speaking being in the name of, and
-purporting to come from, some deceased person, and the subject matter
-being characteristic of that person. Such a case as this, which has been
-published sixteen years, ought to have been noticed and explained by
-those who profess to enlighten the public on the subject of
-Spiritualism.
-
-
-Our next example is one of the most recent, but at the same time one of
-the most useful, converts to the truths of Spiritualism. Dr. George
-Sexton, M. D., M. A., L. L. D., was for many years the coadjutor of Mr.
-Bradlaugh, and one of the most earnest and energetic of the secularist
-teachers. The celebrated Robert Owen first called his attention to the
-subject of Spiritualism about twenty years ago. He read books, he saw a
-good deal of the ordinary physical manifestations, but he always
-“suspected that the mediums played tricks, and that the whole affair was
-nothing but clever conjuring by means of concealed machinery.” He gave
-several lectures against Spiritualism in the usual style of
-non-believers, dwelling much on the absurdity and triviality of the
-phenomena, and ridiculing the idea that they were the work of spirits.
-Then came another old friend and fellow-secularist, Mr. Turley, who,
-after investigating the subject for the purpose of exposing it, became a
-firm believer. Dr. Sexton laughed at this conversion, yet it made a deep
-impression on his mind. Ten years passed away, and his next important
-investigation was with the Davenport brothers; and it will be well for
-those who sneer at these much-abused young men to take note of the
-following account of Dr. Sexton’s proceedings with them, and especially
-of the fact that they cheerfully submitted to every test the doctor
-suggested. He tells us (in his lecture, “How I became a Spiritualist,”)
-that he visited them again and again, trying in vain to find out the
-trick. Then, he says—
-
- “My partner—Dr. Barker—and I invited the Brothers to our houses, and,
- in order to guard against anything like trickery, we requested them
- not to bring any ropes, instruments, or other apparatus; all these we
- ourselves had determined to supply. Moreover, as there were four of
- them, viz., the two Brothers Davenport, Mr. Fay, and Dr. Ferguson, we
- suspected that the two who were not tied might really do all that was
- done. We therefore requested only two to come. They unhesitatingly
- complied with all these requests.
-
- “We formed a circle, consisting entirely of members of our own
- families and a few private friends, with the one bare exception of
- Mrs. Fay. In the circle we all joined hands, and as Mrs. Fay sat at
- one end she had one of her hands free, while I had hold of the other.
- Thinking that she might be able to assist with the hand that was thus
- free, I asked, as a favor, that I might be allowed to hold both her
- hands—a proposition which she at once agreed to. Now, without entering
- here at all into what took place, suffice it to say that we bound the
- mediums with our own ropes, placed their feet upon sheets of writing
- paper, and drew lines around their boots, so that if they moved their
- feet it should be impossible for them to place them again in the same
- position; we laid pence on their toes, sealed the ropes, and in every
- way took precautions against their moving. On the occasion to which I
- now refer, Mr. Bradlaugh and Mr. Charles Watts were present; and when
- Mr. Fay’s coat had been taken off, the ropes still remaining on his
- hands, Mr. Bradlaugh requested that his coat might be placed on Mr.
- Fay, which was immediately done, the ropes still remaining fastened.
- We got, on this occasion, all the phenomena that usually occurred in
- the presence of these extraordinary men, particulars of which I shall
- probably give on another occasion. Dr. Barker became a believer in
- Spiritualism from the time that the Brothers visited at his house. I
- did not see that any proof had been given that disembodied spirits had
- any hand in producing the phenomena; but I was convinced that no
- tricks had been played, and that, therefore, these extraordinary
- physical manifestations were the result of some occult force in Nature
- which I had no means of explaining in the present state of my
- knowledge. All the physical phenomena that I had seen now became clear
- to me; they were not accomplished by trickery, as I had formerly
- supposed, but were the result of some undiscovered law of Nature,
- which it was the business of the man of science to use his utmost
- endeavors to discover.”
-
-While he was maintaining this ground, Spiritualists often asked him how
-he explained the intelligence that was manifested; and he invariably
-replied that he had not yet seen proofs of any intelligence other than
-what might be that of the medium or of some other persons present in the
-circle, adding, that as soon as he did see proofs of such intelligence
-he should become a Spiritualist. In this position he stood for many
-years, till he naturally believed he should never see cause to change
-his opinion. He continued the inquiry, however, and in 1865 began to
-hold séances at home; but it was years before any mental phenomena
-occurred which were absolutely conclusive, although they were often of
-so startling a nature as would have satisfied any one less skeptical. At
-length, after fifteen years of enlightened skepticism—a skepticism not
-founded upon ignorance, but which refused to go one step beyond what the
-facts so diligently pursued absolutely demonstrated—the needful evidence
-came:
-
- “The proofs that I did ultimately receive are, many of them, of a
- character that I cannot describe minutely to a public audience, nor
- indeed have I time to do so. Suffice it to say, that I got in my own
- house, in the absence of all mediums other than those members of my
- own family and intimate private friends in whom mediumistic powers
- became developed, evidence of an irresistible character that the
- communications came from deceased friends and relatives. Intelligence
- was again and again displayed which could not possibly have had any
- other origin than that which it professed to have. Facts were named
- known to no one in the circle, and left to be verified afterwards. The
- identity of the spirits communicating was proved in a hundred
- different ways. Our dear departed ones made themselves palpable both
- to feeling and to sight; and the doctrine of spirit-communion was
- proved beyond the shadow of a doubt. I soon found myself in the
- position of Dr. Fenwick in Lord Lytton’s ‘Strange Story.’ ‘Do you
- believe,’ asked the female attendant of Margrave, ‘in that which you
- seek?’ ‘I have no belief,’ was the answer. ‘True science has none;
- true science questions all things, and takes nothing on credit. It
- knows but three states of mind—denial, conviction, and the vast
- interval between the two, which is not belief, but the suspension of
- judgment.’ This describes exactly the phases through which my mind has
- passed.”
-
-Since Dr. Sexton has become a Spiritualist he has been as energetic an
-advocate for its truths as he had been before for the negations of
-secularism. His experience and ability as a lecturer, with his long
-schooling in every form of manifestation, render him one of the most
-valuable promulgators of its teachings. He has also done excellent
-service in exposing the pretensions of those conjurers who profess to
-expose Spiritualism. This he does in the most practical way, not only by
-explaining how the professed imitations of spiritual manifestations are
-performed, but by actually performing them before his audience; and at
-the same time pointing out the important differences between what these
-people do and what occurs at good séances. Any one who wishes to
-comprehend how Dr. Lynn, Messrs. Maskelyne and Cook, and Herr Dobler
-perform some of their most curious feats have only to read his lecture,
-entitled, “Spirit Mediums and Conjurers,” before going to witness their
-entertainments. We can hardly believe that the man who does this, and
-who during fifteen years of observation and experiment held out against
-the spiritual theory, is one of those who, as Lord Amberley tells us,
-“fall a victim to the most patent frauds, and are imposed upon by
-jugglery of the most vulgar order”; or who, as viewed from Prof.
-Tyndall’s high scientific standpoint, are in a frame of mind before
-which science is utterly powerless—“dupes beyond the reach of proof, who
-like to believe and do not like to be undeceived.” These be brave words;
-but we leave our readers to judge whether they come with a very good
-grace from men who have the most slender and inadequate knowledge of the
-subject they are criticising, and no knowledge at all of the
-long-continued and conscientious investigations of many who are included
-in their wholesale animadversions.
-
-
-Yet one more witness to these marvelous phenomena we must bring before
-our readers—a trained and experienced physicist, who has experimented in
-his own laboratory, and has applied tests and measurements of the most
-rigid and conclusive character. When Mr. Crookes—the discoverer of the
-metal thallium, and a Fellow of the Royal Society—first announced that
-he was going to investigate so-called spiritual phenomena, many public
-writers were all approval; for the complaint had long been that men of
-science were not permitted by mediums to inquire too scrupulously into
-the facts. One expressed “profound satisfaction that the subject was
-about to be investigated by a man so well qualified”; another was
-“gratified to learn that the matter is now receiving the attention of
-cool and clear headed men of recognized position in science”; while a
-third declared that “no one could doubt Mr. Crookes’s ability to conduct
-the investigation with rigid philosophical impartiality.” But these
-expressions were evidently insincere, and were only meant to apply in
-case the result was in accordance with the writers’ notions of what it
-ought to be. Of course, a “scientific investigation” would explode the
-whole thing. Had not Faraday exploded table-turning? They hailed Mr.
-Crookes as the Daniel come to judgment—as the prophet who would curse
-their enemy, Spiritualism, by detecting imposture and illusion. But when
-the judge, after a patient trial lasting several years, decided against
-them, and their accepted prophet blessed the hated thing as an undoubted
-truth, their tone changed; and they began to suspect the judge’s
-ability, and to pick holes in the evidence on which he founded his
-judgment.
-
-In Mr. Crookes’s latest paper, published in the Quarterly Journal of
-Science for January last, we are informed that he has pursued the
-inquiry for four years; and besides attending séances elsewhere, has had
-the opportunity of making numerous experiments in his own house with the
-two remarkable mediums already referred to, Mr. D. D. Home and Miss Kate
-Fox. These experiments were almost exclusively made in the light, under
-conditions of his own arranging, and with his own friends as witnesses.
-Such phenomena as percussive sounds; alteration of the weight of bodies;
-the rising of heavy bodies in the air without contact by any one; the
-levitation of human beings; luminous appearances of various kinds; the
-appearance of hands which lift small objects, yet are not the hands of
-any one present; direct writing, by a luminous detached hand or by the
-pencil alone; phantom forms and faces; and various mental phenomena—have
-all been tested so variously and so repeatedly that Mr. Crookes is
-thoroughly satisfied of their objective reality. These phenomena are
-given in outline in the paper above referred to, and they will be
-detailed in full in a volume now preparing. I will not, therefore, weary
-my readers by repeating them here, but will remark, that these
-experiments have a weight as evidence vastly greater than would be due
-to them as resting on the testimony of any man of science, however
-distinguished, because they are, in almost every case, confirmations of
-what previous witnesses in immense numbers have testified to, in various
-places, and under various conditions, during the last twenty years. In
-every other experimental inquiry, without exception, confirmation of the
-facts of an earlier observer is held to add so greatly to their value,
-that no one treats them with the same incredulity with which he might
-have received them the first time they were announced. And when the
-confirmation has been repeated by three or four independent observers
-under favorable conditions, and there is nothing but theory or negative
-evidence against them, the facts are admitted—at least provisionally,
-and until disproved by a greater weight of evidence or by discovering
-the exact source of the fallacy of preceding observers.
-
-But here, a totally different—a most unreasonable and a most
-unphilosophical—course is pursued. Each fresh observation, confirming
-previous evidence, is treated as though it were now put forth for the
-_first_ time; and fresh confirmation is asked of it. And when this fresh
-and independent confirmation comes, yet more confirmation is asked for,
-and so on without end. This is a very clever way to ignore and stifle a
-new truth; but the facts of Spiritualism are ubiquitous in their
-occurrence and of so indisputable a nature, as to compel conviction in
-every earnest inquirer. It thus happens that although every fresh
-convert requires a large proportion of the series of demonstrative facts
-to be reproduced before he will give his assent to them, the number of
-such converts has gone on steadily increasing for a quarter of a
-century. Clergymen of all sects, literary men and lawyers, physicians in
-large numbers, men of science not a few, secularists, philosophical
-skeptics, pure materialists, all have become converts through the
-overwhelming logic of the phenomena which Spiritualism has brought
-before them. And what have we _per contra_? Neither science nor
-philosophy, neither skepticism nor religion, has ever yet in this
-quarter of a century made one single convert from the ranks of
-Spiritualism! This being the case, and fully appreciating the amount of
-candor and fairness, and knowledge of the subject, that has been
-exhibited by their opponents, is it to be wondered at that a large
-proportion of Spiritualists are now profoundly indifferent to the
-opinion of men of science, and would not go one step out of their way to
-convince them? They say, that the movement is going on quite fast
-enough; that it is spreading by its own inherent force of truth, and
-slowly permeating all classes of society. It has thriven in spite of
-abuse and persecution, ridicule and argument, and will continue to
-thrive whether endorsed by great names or not. Men of science, like all
-others, are welcome to enter its ranks; but they must satisfy themselves
-by their own persevering researches, not expect to have its proofs laid
-before them. Their rejection of its truths is their own loss, but cannot
-in the slightest degree affect the progress of Spiritualism. The attacks
-and criticisms of the press are borne good-humoredly, and seldom excite
-other feelings than pity for the willful ignorance and contempt for the
-overwhelming presumption of their writers. Such are the sentiments that
-are continually expressed by Spiritualists; and it is as well, perhaps,
-that the outer world, to whom the literature of the movement is as much
-unknown as the Vedas, should be made acquainted with them.
-
-_Investigation by the Dialectical Committee._—There are many other
-investigators who ought to be noticed in any complete sketch of the
-subject, but we have now only space to allude briefly to the “Report of
-the Committee of the Dialectical Society.” Of this committee, consisting
-of thirty-three acting members, only eight were, at the commencement,
-believers in the reality of the phenomena, while not more than four
-accepted the spiritual theory. During the course of the inquiry at least
-twelve of the complete skeptics became convinced of the reality of many
-of the physical phenomena through attending the experimental
-sub-committees, and almost wholly by means of the mediumship of members
-of the committee. At least three members who were previously skeptics
-pursued their investigations outside the committee meetings, and in
-consequence have become thorough Spiritualists. My own observation as a
-member of the committee and of the largest and most active
-sub-committee, enables me to state that the degree of conviction
-produced in the minds of the various members was, allowing for marked
-differences of character, approximately proportionate to the amount of
-time and care bestowed on the investigation. This fact, which is what
-occurs in all investigations into these phenomena, is a characteristic
-result of the examination into any natural phenomena. The examination
-into an imposture or delusion has, invariably, exactly opposite results:
-those who have slender experience being deceived, while those who
-perseveringly continue the inquiry inevitably find out the source of the
-deception or the delusion. If this were not so, the discovery of truth
-and the detection of error would be alike impossible. The result of this
-inquiry on the members of the committee themselves is, therefore, of
-more importance than the actual phenomena they witnessed, since these
-were far less striking than many of the facts already mentioned. But
-they are also of importance as confirming, by a body of intelligent and
-unprejudiced men, the results obtained by previous individual inquirers.
-
-Before leaving this report, I must call attention to the evidence it
-furnishes of the state of opinion among men of education in France. M.
-Camille Flammarion, the well-known astronomer, sent a communication to
-the committee which deserves special consideration. Besides declaring
-his own acceptance of the objective reality of the phenomena after ten
-years of investigation, he makes the following statement:
-
- “My learned teacher and friend, M. Babinet, of the Institute, who has
- endeavored, with M. E. Liais (now Director of the Observatory of
- Brazil), and several others of my colleagues of the Observatory of
- Paris, to ascertain their nature and cause, is not fully convinced of
- the intervention of spirits in their production; though this
- hypothesis, by which alone certain categories of these phenomena would
- seem to be explicable, has been adopted by many of our most esteemed
- _savants_, among others by Dr. Hœffle, the learned author of the
- ‘History of Chemistry,’ and the ‘General Encyclopædia’; and by the
- diligent laborer in the field of astronomic discovery whose death we
- have recently had to deplore, M. Hermann Goldschmidt, the discoverer
- of fourteen planets.”
-
-It thus appears that in France, as well as in America and in this
-country, men of science of no mean rank have investigated these
-phenomena and have found them to be realities; while some of the most
-eminent hold the spiritual theory to be the only one that will explain
-them.
-
-This seems the proper place to notice the astounding assertion of
-certain writers, that there is not “a particle of evidence” to support
-the spiritual theory; that those who accept it betray “hopeless
-inability to discriminate between adequate and inadequate proof of
-facts”; that the theory is “formed apart from facts”; and that those who
-accept it are so unable to reason as to “jump to the conclusion” that it
-must be spirits that move tables, merely because they do not know how
-else they can be moved. The preceding account of how converts to
-Spiritualism have been made is a sufficient answer to all this ignorant
-assertion. The spiritual theory, as a rule, has only been adopted as a
-last resource, when all other theories have hopelessly broken down; and
-when fact after fact, phenomenon after phenomenon, has presented itself,
-giving direct proof that the so-called dead are still alive. The
-spiritual theory is the logical outcome of the whole of the facts. Those
-who deny it, in every instance with which I am acquainted, either from
-ignorance or disbelief, leave half the facts out of view. Take the one
-case (out of many almost equally conclusive) of Mr. Livermore, who,
-during five years, on hundreds of occasions, saw, felt and heard the
-movements of the figure of his dead wife in absolute, unmistakable,
-living form—a form which could move objects, and which repeatedly wrote
-to him in her own handwriting and her own language, on cards which
-remained after the figure had disappeared; a form which was equally
-visible and tangible to two friends; which appeared in his own house, in
-a room absolutely secured, with the presence of only a young girl, the
-medium. Had these three men “not a particle of evidence” for the
-spiritual theory? Is it, in fact, possible to conceive or suggest any
-more complete proof? The facts must be got rid of before you can abolish
-the theory; and simple denial or disbelief does not get rid of facts
-testified during a space of five years by three witnesses, all men in
-responsible positions, and carrying on their affairs during the whole
-period in a manner to win the respect and confidence of their
-fellow-citizens.[3]
-
-Footnote 3:
-
- The objection will here inevitably be made: “These wonderful things
- always happen in America. When they occur in England it will be time
- enough to inquire into them.” Singularly enough, after this article
- was in the press the final test was obtained, which demonstrated the
- occurrence of similar phenomena in London. A short statement may,
- therefore, be interesting for those who cannot digest American
- evidence. For some years a young lady, Miss Florence Cook, has
- exhibited remarkable mediumship, which latterly culminated in the
- production of an entire female form purporting to be spiritual, and
- which appeared barefooted and in white flowing robes while she lay
- entranced, in dark clothing and securely bound, in a cabinet or
- adjacent room. Notwithstanding that tests of an apparently conclusive
- character were employed, many visitors, Spiritualists as well as
- skeptics, got the impression that all was not as it should be; owing,
- in part, to the resemblance of the supposed spirit to Miss Cook, and
- also to the fact that the two could not be seen at the same time. Some
- supposed that Miss C. was an impostor, who managed to conceal a white
- robe about her (although she was often searched), and who, although
- she was securely tied with tapes and sealed, was able to get out of
- her bonds, dress and undress herself, and get into them again, all in
- the dark, and in so complete and skillful a manner as to defy
- detection. Others thought that the spirit released her, provided her
- with a white dress, and sent her forth to personate a ghost. The
- belief that there was something wrong led one gentleman—an ardent
- Spiritualist—to seize the supposed spirit and endeavor to hold it, in
- the hope that some other person would open the cabinet-door and see if
- Miss Cook was really there. This was, unfortunately, not done; but the
- great resemblance of the being he seized to Miss Cook, its perfect
- solidity, and the vigorous struggles it made to escape from him,
- convinced this gentleman that it was Miss Cook herself, although the
- rest of the company, a few minutes afterwards, found her bound and
- sealed just as she had been left an hour before. To determine the
- question conclusively, experiments have been made within the last few
- weeks by two scientific men. Mr. C. F. Varley, F. R. S., the eminent
- electrician, made use of a galvanic battery and cable-testing
- apparatus, and passed a current through Miss Cook’s body (by fastening
- sovereigns soldered to wires to her arms). The apparatus was so
- delicate that any movement whatever was instantly indicated, while it
- was impossible for the young lady to dress and act as a ghost without
- breaking the circuit. Yet under these conditions the spirit-form did
- appear, exhibited its arms, spoke, wrote, and touched several persons;
- and this happened, be it remembered, not in the medium’s own house,
- but in that of a private gentleman in the West End of London. For
- nearly an hour the circuit was never broken, and at the conclusion
- Miss Cook was found in a deep trance. Since this remarkable experiment
- Mr. William Crookes, F.R.S., has obtained, if possible, still more
- satisfactory evidence. He contrived a phosphorus lamp, and, armed with
- this, was allowed to go into the dark room accompanied by the spirit,
- and there saw and felt Miss Cook, dressed in black velvet, lying in a
- trance on the floor, while the spirit-form, in white robes, stood
- close beside her. During the evening this spirit-form had been for
- nearly an hour walking and talking with the company; and Mr. Crookes,
- by permission, clasped the figure in his arms, and found it to be,
- apparently, a real living woman, just as the skeptical gentleman had
- done. Yet this figure is not that of Miss Cook, nor of any other human
- being, since it appeared and disappeared in Mr. Crookes’s own house as
- completely as in that of the medium herself. The full statements of
- Messrs. Varley and Crookes, with a mass of interesting detail on the
- subject, appeared in the “Spiritualist” newspaper in March and April
- last; and they serve to show that whatever marvels occur in America
- can be reproduced here, and that men of science are not precluded from
- investigating these phenomena with scientific instruments and by
- scientific methods. In the concluding part of this paper we shall be
- able to show that another class of manifestation which originated in
- America—that of the so-called spirit photographs—has been first
- critically examined and completely demonstrated in our own country.
-
-
-
-
- SPIRIT PHOTOGRAPHS.
-
-
-We now approach a subject which cannot be omitted in any impartial
-sketch of the evidences of Spiritualism, since it is that which
-furnishes perhaps the most unassailable demonstration it is possible to
-obtain, of the objective reality of spiritual forms, and also of the
-truthful nature of the evidence furnished by seers when they describe
-figures visible to themselves alone. It has been already indicated—and
-it is a fact, of which the records of Spiritualism furnish ample
-proof—that different individuals possess the power of seeing such forms
-and figures in very variable degrees. Thus, it often happens at a
-séance, that some will see distinct lights of which they will describe
-the form, appearance and position, while others see nothing at all. If
-only one or two persons see the lights, the rest will naturally impute
-it to their imagination; but there are cases in which only one or two of
-those present are unable to see them. There are also cases in which all
-see them, but in very different degrees of distinctness; yet that they
-see the same objects is proved by their all agreeing as to the position
-and the movement of the lights. Again, what some see as merely luminous
-clouds, others will see as distinct human forms, either partial or
-entire. In other cases all present see the form—whether hand, face, or
-entire figure—with equal distinctness. Again, the objective reality of
-these appearances is sometimes proved by their being touched, or by
-their being seen to move objects—in some cases heard to speak, in others
-seen to write, by several persons at one and the same time; the figure
-seen or the writing produced being sometimes unmistakably recognizable
-as that of some deceased friend. A volume could easily be filled with
-records of this class of appearances, authenticated by place, date, and
-names of witnesses; and a considerable selection is to be found in the
-works of Mr. Robert Dale Owen.
-
-Now, at this point, an inquirer, who had not pre-judged the question,
-and who did not believe his own knowledge of the universe to be so
-complete as to justify him in rejecting all evidence for facts which he
-had hitherto considered to be in the highest degree improbable, might
-fairly say, “Your evidence for the appearance of visible, tangible,
-spiritual forms, is very strong; but I should like to have them
-submitted to a crucial test, which would quite settle the question of
-the possibility of their being due to a coincident delusion of several
-senses of several persons at the same time; and, if satisfactory, would
-demonstrate their objective reality in a way nothing else can do. If
-they really reflect or emit light which makes them visible to human
-eyes, _they can be photographed_. Photograph them, and you will have an
-unanswerable proof that your human witnesses are trustworthy.” Two years
-ago we could only have replied to this very proper suggestion, that we
-believed it had been done and could be again done, but that we had no
-satisfactory evidence to offer. Now, however, we are in a position to
-state, not only that it has been frequently done, but that the evidence
-is of such a nature as to satisfy any one who will take the trouble
-carefully to examine it. This evidence we will now lay before our
-readers, and we venture to think they will acknowledge it to be most
-remarkable.
-
-Before doing so it may be as well to clear away a popular misconception.
-Mr. Lewes advised the Dialectical Committee to distinguish carefully
-between “facts and inferences from facts.” This is especially necessary
-in the case of what are called spirit photographs. The figures which
-occur in these, when not produced by any human agency, may be of
-“spiritual” origin, without being figures “of spirits.” There is much
-evidence to show that they are, in some cases, forms produced by
-invisible intelligences, but distinct from them. In other cases the
-intelligence appears to clothe itself with matter capable of being
-perceived by us; but even then it does not follow that the form produced
-is the actual image of the spiritual form. It may be but a reproduction
-of the former mortal form with its terrestrial accompaniments, _for
-purposes of recognition_.
-
-Most persons have heard of these “ghost-pictures,” and how easily they
-can be made to order by any photographer, and are therefore disposed to
-think they can be of no use as evidence. But a little consideration will
-show them that the means by which sham ghosts can be manufactured being
-so well known to all photographers, it becomes easy to apply tests or
-arrange conditions so as to prevent imposition. The following are some
-of the more obvious:
-
-1. If a person with a knowledge of photography takes his own glass
-plates, examines the camera used and all the accessories, and watches
-the whole process of taking a picture, then, if any definite form
-appears on the negative besides the sitter, it is a proof that some
-object was present capable of reflecting or emitting the actinic rays,
-although invisible to those present. 2. If an unmistakable likeness
-appears of a deceased person totally unknown to the photographer. 3. If
-figures appear on the negative having a definite relation to the figure
-of the sitter, who chooses his own position, attitude and
-accompaniments, it is a proof that invisible figures were really there.
-4. If a figure appears draped in white, and partly behind the dark body
-of the sitter without in the least showing through, it is a proof that
-the white figure was there at the same time, because the dark parts of
-the negative are transparent, and any white picture in any way
-superposed would show through. 5. Even should none of these tests be
-applied, yet if a medium, quite independent of the photographer, sees
-and describes a figure during the sitting and an exactly corresponding
-figure appears on the plate, it is a proof that such a figure was there.
-
-Every one of these tests have now been successfully applied in our own
-country, as the following outline of the facts will show:
-
-The accounts of spirit-photography in several parts of the United States
-caused many Spiritualists in this country to make experiments; but for a
-long time without success. Mr. and Mrs. Guppy, who are both amateur
-photographers, tried at their own house, and failed. In March, 1872,
-they went one day to Mr. Hudson’s, a photographer living near them (not
-a Spiritualist), to get some _cartes de visite_ of Mrs. Guppy. After the
-sitting the idea suddenly struck Mr. Guppy that he would try for a
-spirit-photograph. He sat down, told Mrs. G. to go behind the
-background, and had a picture taken. There came out behind him a large,
-indefinite, oval white patch, somewhat resembling the outline of a
-draped figure. Mrs. Guppy, behind the background, was dressed in black.
-
-This is the first spirit-photograph taken in England, and it’s perhaps
-more satisfactory on account of the suddenness of the impulse under
-which it was taken, and the great white patch which no impostor would
-have attempted to produce, and which, taken by itself, utterly spoils
-the picture. A few days afterwards, Mr. and Mrs. Guppy and their little
-boy went without any notice. Mrs. Guppy sat on the ground holding the
-boy on a stool. Her husband stood behind looking on. The picture thus
-produced is most remarkable. A tall female figure, finely draped in
-white, gauzy robes, stands directly behind and above the sitters,
-looking down on them and holding its open hands over their heads, as if
-giving a benediction. The face is somewhat Eastern, and, with the hands,
-is beautifully defined. The white robes pass behind the sitters’ dark
-figures without in the least showing through. A second picture was then
-taken as soon as a plate could be prepared; and it was fortunate it was
-so, for it resulted in a most remarkable test. Mrs. Guppy again knelt
-with the boy; but this time she did not stoop so much, and her head was
-higher. The same white figure comes out equally well defined, but _it
-has changed its position in a manner exactly corresponding to the slight
-change of Mrs. Guppy’s position_. The hands were before on a level; now
-one is raised considerably higher than the other, so as to keep it about
-the same distance from Mrs. Guppy’s head as it was before. The folds of
-the drapery all correspondingly differ, and the head is slightly turned.
-Here, then, one of two things is absolutely certain. Either there was a
-living, intelligent, but invisible being present, or Mr. and Mrs. Guppy,
-the photographer, and some fourth person, planned a wicked imposture,
-and have maintained it ever since. Knowing Mr. and Mrs. Guppy so well as
-I do, I feel an absolute conviction that they are as incapable of an
-imposture of this kind as any earnest inquirer after truth in the
-department of natural science.
-
-The report of these pictures soon spread. Spiritualists in great numbers
-came to try for similar results, with varying degrees of success; till
-after a time rumor of imposture arose, and it is now firmly believed by
-many, from suspicious appearances on the pictures and from other
-circumstances, that a large number of shams have been produced. It is
-certainly not to be wondered at if it be so. The photographer, remember,
-was not a Spiritualist, and was utterly puzzled at the pictures above
-described. Scores of persons came to him, and he saw that they were
-satisfied if they got a second figure with themselves, and dissatisfied
-if they did not. He _may_ have made arrangements by which to satisfy
-everybody. One thing is clear: that if there has been imposture, it was
-at once detected by Spiritualists themselves; if not, then Spiritualists
-have been quick in noticing what appeared to indicate it. Those,
-however, who most strongly assert imposture, allow that a large number
-of genuine pictures have been taken. But, true or not, the cry of
-imposture did good, since it showed the necessity for tests and for
-independent confirmation of the facts.
-
-The test of clearly recognizable likenesses of deceased friends has
-often been obtained. Mr. William Howitt, who went without previous
-notice, obtained likenesses of two sons, many years dead, and of the
-very existence of one of which even the friend who accompanied Mr.
-Howitt was ignorant. The likenesses were instantly recognized by Mrs.
-Howitt; and Mr. Howitt declares them to be “perfect and unmistakable.”
-(Spiritual Magazine, Oct., 1872.) Dr. Thomson, of Clifton, obtained a
-photograph of himself, accompanied by that of a lady he did not know. He
-sent it to his uncle in Scotland, simply asking if he recognized a
-resemblance to any of the family deceased. The reply was that it was the
-likeness of Dr. Thomson’s own mother, who died at his birth; and there
-being no picture of her in existence, he had no idea what she was like.
-The uncle very naturally remarked, that he “could not understand how it
-was done.” (Spiritual Magazine, Oct., 1873.) Many other instances of
-recognition have occurred, but I will only add my personal testimony. A
-few weeks back I myself went to the same photographer’s for the first
-time, and obtained a most unmistakable likeness of a deceased relative.
-We will now pass to a better class of evidence, the private experiments
-of amateurs.
-
-Mr. Thomas Slater, an old-established optician in the Euston Road, and
-an amateur photographer, took with him to Mr. Hudson’s a new camera of
-his own manufacture and his own glasses, saw everything done, and
-obtained a portrait with a second figure on it. He then began
-experimenting in his own private house, and during last summer obtained
-some remarkable results. The first of his successes contains two heads
-by the side of a portrait of his sister. One of these heads is
-unmistakably the late Lord Brougham’s; the other, much less distinct, is
-recognized by Mr. Slater as that of Robert Owen, whom he knew intimately
-up to the time of his death. He has since obtained several excellent
-pictures of the same class. One in particular shows a female in black
-and white flowing robes, standing by the side of Mr. Slater. In another
-the head and bust appears, leaning over his shoulder. The faces of these
-two are much alike, and other members of the family recognize them as
-likenesses of Mr. Slater’s mother, who died when he was an infant. In
-another a pretty child-figure, also draped, stands beside Mr. Slater’s
-little boy. Now, whether these figures are correctly identified or not,
-is not the essential point. The fact that _any_ figures, so clear and
-unmistakably human in appearance as these, should appear on plates taken
-in his own private studio by an experienced optician and amateur
-photographer, who makes all his apparatus himself, and with no one
-present but the members of his own family, is the real marvel. In one
-case a second figure appeared on a plate with himself, taken by Mr.
-Slater when he was absolutely alone—by the simple process of occupying
-the sitter’s chair after uncapping the camera. He and his family being
-themselves mediums, they require no extraneous assistance; and this may
-perhaps be the reason why he has succeeded so well. One of the most
-extraordinary pictures obtained by Mr. Slater is a full-length portrait
-of his sister, in which there is no second figure, but the sitter
-appears covered all over with a kind of transparent lace drapery, which
-on examination is seen to be wholly made up of shaded circles of
-different sizes, quite unlike any material fabric I have seen or heard
-of.
-
-Mr. Slater has himself shown me all these pictures and explained the
-conditions under which they were produced. That they are not impostures
-is certain; and as the first independent confirmations of what had been
-previously obtained only through professional photographers, their value
-is inestimable.
-
-A less successful but not perhaps on that account less satisfactory
-confirmation has been obtained by another amateur, who, after eighteen
-months of experiment, obtained a partial success. Mr. R. Williams, M.
-A., Ph. D., of Hayward’s Heath, succeeded last summer in obtaining three
-photographs, each with part of a human form besides the sitter, one
-having the features distinctly marked. Subsequently another was
-obtained, with a well-formed figure of a man standing at the side of the
-sitter, but while being developed, this figure faded away entirely. Mr.
-Williams assures me (in a letter) that in these experiments there was
-“no room for trick or for the production of these figures by any known
-means.”
-
-The editor of the British Journal of Photography has made experiments at
-Mr. Hudson’s studio, taking his own collodion and new plates, and doing
-everything himself, yet there were “abnormal appearances” on the
-pictures, although no distinct figures.
-
-We now come to the valuable and conclusive experiments of Mr. John
-Beattie, of Clifton, a retired photographer of twenty years’ experience,
-and of whom the above-mentioned editor says: “Every one who knows Mr.
-Beattie will give him credit for being a thoughtful, skillful, and
-intelligent photographer, one of the last men in the world to be easily
-deceived, at least in matters relating to photography, and one quite
-incapable of deceiving others.”
-
-Mr. Beattie has been assisted in his researches by Dr. Thomson, an
-Edinburgh M. D., who has practiced photography, as an amateur, for
-twenty-five years. They experimented at the studio of a friend, who was
-not a Spiritualist (but who became a medium during the experiments), and
-had the services of a tradesman—with whom they were well acquainted—as a
-medium. The whole of the photographic work was done by Messrs. Beattie
-and Thomson, the other two sitting at a small table. The pictures were
-taken in series of three, within a few seconds of each other, and
-several of these series were taken at each sitting. The figures produced
-are, for the most part, not human, but variously-formed and shaded white
-patches, which in successive pictures change their form, and develop, as
-it were, into a more perfect or complete type. Thus, one set of five
-begins with two white somewhat angular patches over the middle sitter,
-and ends with a rude but unmistakable white female figure, covering the
-larger part of the plate. The other three show intermediate states,
-indicating a continuous change of form from the first figure to the
-last. Another set (of four pictures) begins with a white vertical
-cylinder over the body of the medium, and a shorter one on his head.
-These change their form in the second and third, and in the last become
-laterally spread out into luminous masses resembling nebulæ. Another set
-of three is very curious. The first has an oblique flowing luminous
-patch from the table to the ground; in the second, this has changed to a
-white serpentine column, ending in a point above the medium’s head; in
-the third, the column has become broader and somewhat double, with the
-curve in an opposite direction, and with a head-like termination. The
-change of the curvature may have some connection with a change in the
-position of the sitters, which is seen to have taken place between the
-second and the third of this set. There are two others, taken, like all
-the preceding, in 1872, but which the medium described during the
-exposure. The first, he said, was a thick white fog; and the picture
-came out all shaded white, with not a trace of any of the sitters. The
-other was described as a fog with a figure standing in it; and here a
-white human figure is alone seen in the almost uniform foggy surface.
-During the experiments made in 1873, the medium, _in every case_,
-minutely and correctly described the appearances which afterwards came
-out on the plate. In one there is a luminous-rayed star of large size,
-with a human face faintly visible in the centre. This is the last of
-three in which the star developed, and the whole were accurately
-described by the medium. In another set of three, the medium first
-described “a light behind him, coming from the floor.” The next, “a
-light rising over another person’s arms, coming from his own boot.” The
-third, “there is the same light, but now a column comes up through the
-table, and it is hot to my hands.” Then he suddenly exclaimed, “What a
-bright light up there! Can you not see it?” pointing to it with his
-hand. All this most accurately describes the three pictures, and in the
-last, the medium’s hand is seen pointing to a white patch which appears
-overhead. There are other curious developments, the nature of which is
-already sufficiently indicated; but one very startling single picture
-must be mentioned. During the exposure one medium said he saw on the
-background a black figure, the other medium saw a light figure by the
-side of the black one. In the picture both these figures appear, the
-light one very faintly, the black one much more distinctly, of a
-gigantic size, with a massive coarse-featured face and long
-hair.—(_Spiritual Magazine, January and August, 1873_; _Photographic
-News, June 28th, 1872_.)
-
-Mr. Beattie has been so good as to send me for examination a complete
-set of these most extraordinary photographs, thirty-two in number, and
-has furnished me with any particulars I desired. I have described them
-as correctly as I am able; and Dr. Thomson has authorized me to use his
-name as confirming Mr. Beattie’s account of the conditions under which
-they appeared. These experiments were not made without labor and
-perseverance. Sometimes twenty consecutive pictures produced absolutely
-nothing unusual. Hundreds have been taken, and more than half have been
-complete failures. But the successes have been well worth the labor.
-They demonstrate the fact that what a medium or sensitive sees (even
-where no one else sees anything) may often have an objective existence.
-They teach us that perhaps the bookseller, Nicolai, of Berlin—whose case
-has been quoted _ad nauseam_ as the type of a “spectral illusion”—saw
-real beings after all; and that, had photography been then discovered
-and properly applied, we might now have the portraits of the invisible
-men and women who crowded his room. They give us hints of a process by
-which the figures seen at séances may have to be gradually formed or
-developed, and enable us better to understand the statements repeatedly
-made by the communicating intelligences, that it is very difficult to
-produce definite, visible and tangible forms, and that it can only be
-done under a rare combination of favorable conditions.
-
-We find, then, that three amateur photographers, working independently
-in different parts of England, separately confirm the fact of
-spirit-photography—already demonstrated to the satisfaction of many who
-had tested it through professional photographers. The experiments of Mr.
-Beattie and Dr. Thomson are alone absolutely conclusive; and, taken in
-connection with those of Mr. Slater and Dr. Williams, and the test
-photographs, like those of Mrs. Guppy, establish as a scientific fact
-the objective existence of invisible human forms and definite invisible
-actinic images. Before leaving the photographic phenomena we have to
-notice two curious points in connection with them. The actinic action of
-the spirit-forms is peculiar, and much more rapid than that of the light
-reflected from ordinary material forms; for the figures start out the
-moment the developing fluid touches them, while the figure of the sitter
-appears much later. Mr. Beattie noticed this throughout his experiments,
-and I was myself much struck with it when watching the development of
-three pictures recently taken at Mr. Hudson’s. The second figure, though
-by no means bright, always came out long before any other part of the
-picture. The other singular thing is, the copious drapery in which these
-forms are almost always enveloped, so as to show only just what is
-necessary for recognition of the face and figure. The explanation given
-of this is, that the human form is more difficult to materialize than
-drapery. The conventional “white-sheeted ghost” was not then all fancy,
-but had a foundation in fact—a fact, too, of deep significance,
-dependent on the laws of a yet unknown chemistry.
-
-
-
-
- SUMMARY OF THE MORE IMPORTANT MANIFESTATIONS, PHYSICAL AND MENTAL.
-
-
-As we have not been able to give an account of many curious facts which
-occur with the various classes of mediums, the following catalogue of
-the more important and well-characterized phenomena may be useful. They
-may be grouped provisionally, as, Physical, or those in which material
-objects are acted on, or apparently material bodies produced; and
-Mental, or those which consist in the exhibition, by the medium, of
-powers or faculties not possessed in the normal state.
-
-The principal physical phenomena are the following:
-
-1. _Simple Physical Phenomena._—Producing sounds of all kinds, from a
-delicate tick to blows like those of a heavy sledge-hammer. Altering the
-weight of bodies. Moving bodies without human agency. Raising bodies
-into the air. Conveying bodies to a distance out of and into closed
-rooms. Releasing mediums from every description of bonds, even from
-welded iron rings, as has happened in America.
-
-2. _Chemical._—Preserving from the effects of fire, as already detailed.
-
-3. _Direct Writing and Drawing._—Producing writing or drawing on marked
-papers, placed in such positions that no human hand (or foot) can touch
-them. Sometimes, visibly to the spectators, a pencil rising up and
-writing or drawing apparently by itself. Some of the drawings in many
-colors have been produced on marked paper in from ten to twenty seconds,
-and the colors found wet. (See Mr. Coleman’s evidence in “Dialectical
-Report,” p. 143, confirmed by Lord Borthwick, p. 150.) Mr. Thomas
-Slater, of 136 Euston Road, is now obtaining communication in the
-following manner: A bit of slate pencil an eighth of an inch long is
-laid on a table; a clean slate is laid over this, in a well-lighted
-room; the sound of writing is then heard, and in a few minutes a
-communication of considerable length is found distinctly written. At
-other times the slate is held between himself and another person, their
-other hands being joined. Some of these communications are philosophical
-discussions on the nature of spirit and matter, supporting the usual
-Spiritual theory on this subject.
-
-4. _Musical Phenomena._—Musical instruments, of various kinds, played
-without human agency, from a hand-bell to a closed piano. With some
-mediums, and where the conditions are favorable, original musical
-compositions of a very high character are produced. This occurs with Mr.
-Home.
-
-5. _Spiritual Forms._—These are either luminous appearances, sparks,
-stars, globes of light, luminous clouds, &c.; or, hands, faces, or
-entire human figures, usually covered with flowing drapery, except a
-portion of the face and hands. The human forms are often capable of
-moving solid objects, and are both visible and tangible to all present.
-In other cases they are only visible to seers, but when this is the case
-it sometimes happens that the seer describes the figure as lifting a
-flower or a pen, and others present see the flower or the pen apparently
-move by itself. In some cases they speak distinctly; in others the voice
-is heard by all, the form only seen by the medium. The flowing robes of
-these forms have in some cases been examined, and pieces cut off, which
-have in a short time melted away. Flowers are also brought, some of
-which fade away and vanish; others are real, and can be kept
-indefinitely. It must not be concluded that any of these forms are
-actual spirits; they are probably only temporary forms produced by
-spirits for purposes of test, or of recognition by their friends. This
-is the account invariably given of them by communications obtained in
-various ways; so that the objection once thought to be so crushing—that
-there can be no “ghosts” of clothes, armor, or walking-sticks—ceases to
-have any weight.
-
-6. _Spiritual Photographs._—These, as just detailed, demonstrate by a
-purely physical experiment the trustworthiness of the preceding class of
-observations.
-
-We now come to the mental phenomena, of which the following are the
-chief:
-
-1. _Automatic Writing._—The medium writes involuntarily; often matter
-which he is not thinking about, does not expect, and does not like.
-Occasionally definite and correct information is given of facts of which
-the medium has not, nor ever had, any knowledge. Sometimes future events
-are accurately predicted. The writing takes place either by the hand or
-through a planchette. Often the handwriting changes. Sometimes it is
-written backwards; sometimes in languages the medium does not
-understand.
-
-2. _Seeing, or Clairvoyance and Clairaudience._—This is of various
-kinds. Some mediums see the forms of deceased persons unknown to them,
-and describe their peculiarities so minutely that their friends at once
-recognize them. They often hear voices, through which they obtain names,
-date, and place, connected with the individuals so described. Others
-read sealed letters in any language, and write appropriate answers.
-
-3. _Trance-Speaking._—The medium goes into a more or less unconscious
-state, and then speaks, often on matters and in a style far beyond his
-own capacities. Thus, Serjeant Cox—no mean judge on a matter of literary
-style—says, “I have heard an uneducated bar-man, when in a state of
-trance, maintain a dialogue with a party of philosophers on ‘Reason and
-Foreknowledge, Will and Fate,’ and hold his own against them. I have put
-to him the most difficult questions in psychology, and received answers,
-always thoughtful, often full of wisdom, and invariably conveyed in
-choice and elegant language. Nevertheless a quarter of an hour
-afterwards, when released from the trance, he was unable to answer the
-simplest query on a philosophical subject, and was even at a loss for
-sufficient language to express a commonplace idea,” (“What am I?” Vol.
-II., p. 242.) That this is not overstated I can myself testify, from
-repeated observation of the same medium. And from other
-trance-speakers—such as Mrs. Hardinge, Mrs. Tappan, and Mr. Peebles—I
-have heard discourses which, for high and sustained eloquence, noble
-thoughts, and high moral purpose, surpassed the best efforts of any
-preacher or lecturer within my experience.
-
-4. _Impersonation._—This occurs during trance. The medium seems taken
-possession of by another being; speaks, looks and acts the character in
-a most marvelous manner; in some cases speaks foreign languages never
-even heard in the normal state; as in the case of Miss Edmonds, already
-given. When the influence is violent or painful, the effects are such as
-have been in all ages imputed to possession by evil spirits.
-
-5. _Healing._—There are various forms of this. Sometimes by mere laying
-on of hands, an exalted form of simple mesmeric healing. Sometimes, in
-the trance state, the medium at once discovers the hidden malady, and
-prescribes for it, often describing very exactly the morbid appearance
-of internal organs.
-
-The purely mental phenomena are generally of no use as evidence to
-non-Spiritualists, except in those few cases where rigid tests can be
-applied; but they are so intimately connected with the physical series,
-and often so interwoven with them, that no one who has sufficient
-experience to satisfy him of the reality of the former, fails to see
-that the latter form part of the general system, and are dependent on
-the same agencies.
-
-With the physical series the case is very different. They form a
-connected body of evidence, from the simplest to the most complex and
-astounding, every single component fact of which can be and has been
-repeatedly demonstrated by itself; while each gives weight and
-confirmation to all the rest. They have all, or nearly all, been before
-the world for twenty years; the theories and explanations of reviewers
-and critics do not touch them, or in any way satisfy any sane man who
-has repeatedly witnessed them; they have been tested and examined by
-skeptics of every grade of incredulity, men in every way qualified to
-detect imposture or to discover natural causes—trained physicists,
-medical men, lawyers and men of business—but in every case the
-investigators have either retired baffled, or become converts.
-
-There have, it is true, been some impostors who have attempted to
-imitate the phenomena; but such cases are few in number, and have been
-discovered by tests far less severe than those to which the genuine
-phenomena have been submitted over and over again; and a large
-proportion of these phenomena have never been imitated, because they are
-beyond successful imitation.
-
-Now what do our leaders of public opinion say, when a scientific man of
-proved ability again observes a large portion of the more extraordinary
-phenomena, in his own house, under test conditions, and affirms their
-objective reality; and this not after a hasty examination, but after
-four years of research? Men “with heavy scientific appendages to their
-names” refuse to examine them when invited; the eminent society of which
-he is a fellow refuses to record them; and the press cries out that it
-wants better witnesses than Mr. Crookes, and that such facts want
-“confirmation” before they can be believed. But why more confirmation?
-And when again “confirmed,” who is to confirm the confirmer? After the
-whole range of the phenomena had been before the world ten years, and
-had convinced skeptics by tens of thousands—skeptics, be it remembered,
-of common sense and more than common acuteness, Americans of all
-classes—they were _confirmed_ by the first chemist in America, Professor
-Robert Hare. Two years later they were again confirmed by the elaborate
-and persevering inquiries of one of the first American lawyers, Judge
-Edmonds. Then by another good chemist, Professor Mapes. In France the
-truth of the simpler physical phenomena was _confirmed_ by Count A. de
-Gasparin, in 1854; and since then French astronomers, mathematicians and
-chemists of high rank have _confirmed_ them. Professor Thury of Geneva
-again _confirmed_ them, in 1855. In our own country such men as
-Professor de Morgan, Dr. Lockhart Robertson, T. Adolphus Trollope, Dr.
-Robert Chambers, Serjeant Cox, Mr. C. F. Yarley, as well as the
-skeptical Dialectical Committee, have independently _confirmed_ large
-portions of them; and lastly comes Mr. William Crookes, F.R.S., with
-four years of research and unrestricted experiment with the two oldest
-and most remarkable mediums in the world, and again _confirms_ almost
-the whole series! But even this is not all. Through an independent set
-of most competent observers we have the crucial test of photography; a
-witness which cannot be deceived, which has no preconceived opinions,
-which cannot register “subjective” impressions; a thoroughly scientific
-witness, who is admitted into our law courts, and whose testimony is
-good as against any number of recollections of what did happen or
-opinions as to what ought to and must have happened. And what have the
-other side brought against this overwhelming array of consistent and
-unimpeachable evidence? They have merely made absurd and inadequate
-suppositions, but have not disproved or explained away one weighty fact!
-
-My position, therefore, is, that the phenomena of Spiritualism in their
-entirety do _not_ require further confirmation. They are proved quite as
-well as any facts are proved in other sciences; and it is not denial or
-quibbling that can disprove any of them, but only fresh facts and
-accurate deductions from those facts. When the opponents of Spiritualism
-can give a record of their researches approaching in duration and
-completeness to those of its advocates; and when they can discover and
-show in detail, either how the phenomena are produced or how the many
-sane and able men here referred to have been deluded into a coincident
-belief that they have witnessed them: and when they can prove the
-correctness of their theory by producing a like belief in a body of
-equally sane and able unbelievers—then, and not till then, will it be
-necessary for Spiritualists to produce fresh confirmation of facts which
-are, and always have been, sufficiently real and indisputable to satisfy
-any honest and persevering inquirer.
-
-This being the state of the case as regards evidence and proof, we are
-fully justified in taking the _facts_ of Modern Spiritualism (and with
-them the spiritual theory as the only tenable one) as being fully
-established. It only remains to give a brief account of the more
-important uses and teachings of Spiritualism.
-
-
-
-
- HISTORICAL TEACHINGS OF SPIRITUALISM.
-
-
-The lessons which Modern Spiritualism teaches may be classed under two
-heads. In the first place, we find that it gives a rational account of
-various phenomena in human history which physical science has been
-unable to explain, and has therefore rejected or ignored; and, in the
-second, we derive from it some definite information as to man’s nature
-and destiny, and, founded on this, an ethical system of great practical
-efficacy. The following are some of the more important phenomena of
-history and of human nature which science cannot deal with, but which
-Spiritualism explains:
-
-1. It is no small thing that the Spiritualist finds himself able to
-rehabilitate Socrates as a sane man, and his “demon” as an intelligent
-spiritual being who accompanied him through life—in other words, a
-guardian spirit. The non-Spiritualist is obliged to look upon one of the
-greatest men in human history, not only as subject all his life to a
-mental illusion, but as being so weak, foolish, or superstitious as
-never to discover that it was an illusion. He is obliged to disbelieve
-the fact asserted by contemporaries and by Socrates himself, that it
-forewarned him truly of dangers; and to hold that this noble man, this
-subtle reasoner, this religious skeptic, who was looked up to with
-veneration and love by the great men who were his pupils, was imposed
-upon by his own fancies, and never during a long life found out that
-they were fancies, and that their supposed monitions were as often wrong
-as right. It is a positive mental relief not to have to think thus of
-Socrates.
-
-2. Spiritualism allows us to believe that the oracles of antiquity were
-not all impostures; that a whole people, perhaps the most intellectually
-acute who ever existed, were not all dupes. In discussing the question,
-“Why the Prophetess Pythia giveth no Answers now from the Oracle in
-Verse,” Plutarch tells us that when kings and states consulted the
-oracle on weighty matters that might do harm if made public, the replies
-were couched in enigmatical language; but when private persons asked
-about their own affairs they got direct answers in the plainest terms,
-so that some people even complained of their simplicity and directness,
-as being unworthy of a divine origin. And he adds this positive
-testimony: “Her answers, though submitted to the severest scrutiny, have
-never proved false or incorrect. On the contrary, the verification of
-them has filled the temple with gifts from all parts of Greece and
-foreign countries.” And again, “The answer of Pythoness proceeds to the
-very truth, without any diversion, circuit, fraud, or ambiguity. It has
-never yet, in a single instance, been convicted of falsehood.” Would
-such statements be made by such a writer, if these oracles were all the
-mere guesses of impostors? The fact that they declined and ultimately
-failed, is wholly in their favor: for why should imposture cease as the
-world became less enlightened and more superstitious? Neither does the
-fact that the priests could sometimes be bribed to give out false
-oracles prove anything, against such statements as that of Plutarch and
-the belief during many generations, supported by ever-recurring
-experiences, of the greatest men of antiquity. That belief could only
-have been formed by demonstrative facts; and Modern Spiritualism enables
-us to understand the nature of those facts.
-
-3. Both the Old and New Testaments are full of Spiritualism, and
-Spiritualists alone can read the record with an enlightened belief. The
-hand that wrote upon the wall at Belshazzar’s feast, and the three men
-unhurt in Nebuchadnezzar’s fiery furnace, are for them actual facts
-which they need not explain away. St. Paul’s language about “spiritual
-gifts,” and “trying the spirits,” is to them intelligible language, and
-the “gift of tongues” a simple fact. When Christ cast out “devils” or
-evil spirits, he really did so—not merely startle a madman into
-momentary quiescence; and the water changed into wine, as well as the
-bread and fishes continually renewed till five thousand men were fed,
-are credible as extreme manifestations of a power which is still daily
-at work among us.
-
-4. The miracles of the saints, when well attested, come into the same
-category. Those of St. Bernard, for instance, were often performed in
-broad day before thousands of spectators, and were recorded by
-eye-witnesses. He was himself greatly troubled by them, wondering why
-this power was bestowed upon him, and fearing lest it should make him
-less humble. This was not the frame of mind, nor was St. Bernard’s the
-character, of a deluded enthusiast. The Spiritualist need not believe
-that all this never happened; or that St. Francis d’Assisi and St.
-Theresa were not raised into the air, as eye-witnesses declared they
-were.
-
-5. Witchcraft and witchcraft trials have a new interest for the
-Spiritualist. He is able to detect hundreds of curious and minute
-coincidences with phenomena he has himself witnessed; he is able to
-separate the _facts_ from the absurd _inferences_ which people imbued
-with the frightful superstition of diabolism drew from them, and from
-which false inferences all the horrors of the witchcraft mania arose.
-Spiritualism, and Spiritualism alone, gives a rational explanation of
-witchcraft, and determines how much of it was objective fact, how much
-subjective illusion.
-
-6. Modern Roman Catholic miracles become intelligible facts. Spirits
-whose affections and passions are strongly excited in favor of
-Catholicism, produce those appearances of the Virgin and of saints which
-they know will tend to increased religious fervor. The appearance itself
-may be an objective reality; while it is only an inference that it is
-the Virgin Mary—an inference which every intelligent Spiritualist would
-repudiate as in the highest degree improbable.
-
-7. Second-sight, and many of the so-called superstitions of savages, may
-be realities. It is well known that mediumistic power is more frequent
-and more energetic in mountainous countries; and as these are generally
-inhabited by the less civilized races, the beliefs that are more
-prevalent there may be due to facts which are more prevalent, and be
-wrongly imputed to the coincident ignorance. It is known to
-Spiritualists that the pure dry air of California led to more powerful
-and more startling manifestations than in any other part of the United
-States.
-
-8. The recently-discussed question of the efficacy of prayer receives a
-perfect solution by Spiritualism. Prayer may be often answered, though
-not directly, by the Deity. Nor does the answer depend wholly on the
-morality or the religion of the petitioner; but as men who are both
-moral and religious, and are firm believers in a divine response to
-prayer, will pray more frequently, more earnestly and more
-disinterestedly, they will attract toward them a number of spiritual
-beings who sympathize with them, and who, when the necessary mediumistic
-power is present, will be able, as they are often willing, to answer the
-prayer. A striking case is that of George Müller, of Bristol, who has
-now for forty-four years depended wholly for his own support, and that
-of his wonderful charities, on answer to prayer. His “Narrative of Some
-of the Lord’s Dealings with George Müller” (6th Ed., 1860), should have
-been referred to in the late discussion, since it furnishes a better
-demonstration that prayer is sometimes really answered, than the
-hospital experiment proposed by Sir Henry Thomson could possibly have
-done. In this work we have a precise yearly statement of his receipts
-and expenditures for many years. He never asked any one or allowed any
-one to be asked, directly or indirectly, for a penny. No subscriptions
-or collections were ever made; yet from 1830 (when he married without
-any income whatever) he has lived, brought up a family, and established
-institutions which have steadily increased, till now four thousand
-orphan children are educated and in part supported. It has happened
-hundreds of times that there has been no food in his house and no money
-to buy any, or no food or milk or sugar for the children; yet he never
-took a loaf or any other article on credit even for a day; and during
-the thirty years over which his narrative extends, neither he nor the
-hundreds of children dependent upon him for their daily food have ever
-been without a regular meal! They have lived, literally, from hand to
-mouth; and his one and only resource has been secret prayer. Here is a
-case which has been going on in the midst of us for forty years, and is
-still going on; it has been published to the world for many years, yet a
-warm discussion is carried on by eminent men as to the fact of whether
-prayer is or is not answered, and not one of them exhibits the least
-knowledge of this most pertinent and illustrative phenomenon! The
-Spiritualist explains all this as a personal influence. The perfect
-simplicity, faith, boundless charity and goodness of George Müller, have
-enlisted in his cause beings of a like nature; and his mediumistic
-powers have enabled them to work for him by influencing others to send
-him money, food, clothes, &c., all arriving, as we should say, just in
-the nick of time. The numerous letters he received with these gifts,
-describing the sudden and uncontrollable impulse the donors felt to send
-him a certain definite sum at a certain fixed time—such being the exact
-sum he was in want of and had prayed for—strikingly illustrates the
-nature of the power at work. All this might be explained away, if it
-were partial and discontinuous; but when it continued to supply the
-daily wants of a life of unexampled charity, _for which no provision in
-advance was ever made_ (for that Müller considered would show want of
-trust in God), no such explanation can cover the facts.
-
-9. Spiritualism enables us to comprehend and find a place for that long
-series of disturbances and occult phenomena of various kinds, which
-occurred previous to what are termed the Modern Spiritual
-Manifestations. Robert Dale Owen’s works give a rather full account of
-this class of phenomena, which are most accurately recorded and
-philosophically treated by him. This is not the place to refer to them
-in detail; but one of them may be mentioned as showing how large an
-amount of unexplained mystery there was, even in our own country, before
-the world heard anything of Modern Spiritualism. In 1841, Major Edward
-Moor, F. R. S., published a little book called “Bealings Bells,” giving
-an account of mysterious bell-ringing in his house at Great Bealings,
-Suffolk, and which continued for fifty-three days. Every attempt to
-discover the cause, by himself, friends, and bell-hangers, were
-fruitless; and by no efforts, however violent, could the same clamorous
-and rapid ringing be produced. He wrote an account to the newspapers,
-requesting information bearing on the subject, when, in addition to
-certain wise suggestions—of rats or a monkey as efficient causes—he
-received fourteen communications, all relating cases of mysterious bell
-ringing in different parts of England, many of them lasting much longer
-than Major Moor’s, and all remaining equally unexplained. One lasted
-eighteen months; another was in Greenwich Hospital, where neither
-clerk-of-the-works, bell-hanger, nor men of science could discover the
-cause. One clergyman wrote of disturbances of a most serious kind
-continued in his parsonage for _nine years_, and he was able to trace
-back their existence in the same house for _sixty years_. Another case
-had lasted _twenty years_, and could be traced back for a _century_.
-Some of the details of these cases are most instructive. Trick is
-absolutely the most incredible of all explanations. Spiritualism
-furnishes the explanation by means of analogous facts occurring every
-day, and forming part of the great system of phenomena which
-demonstrates the spiritual theory. Major Moor’s book is very rare; but a
-good abstract of it is given in Owen’s “Debatable Land,” pp. 239–258.
-
-
-
-
- MORAL TEACHINGS OF SPIRITUALISM.
-
-
-We have now to explain the Theory of Human Nature, which is the outcome
-of the phenomena taken in their entirety, and is also more or less
-explicitly taught by the communications which purport to come from
-spirits. It may be briefly outlined as follows:
-
-1. Man is a duality, consisting of an organized spiritual form, evolved
-coincidently with and permeating the physical body, and having
-corresponding organs and developments.
-
-2. Death is the separation of this duality, and effects no change in the
-spirit, morally or intellectually.
-
-3. Progressive evolution of the intellectual and moral nature is the
-destiny of individuals; the knowledge, attainments and experience of
-earth-life forming the basis of spirit-life.
-
-4. Spirits can communicate through properly-endowed mediums. They are
-attracted to those they love or sympathize with, and strive to warn,
-protect, and influence them for good, by mental impression when they
-cannot effect any more direct communication; but, as follows from clause
-(2), their communications will be fallible, and must be judged and
-tested just as we do those of our fellow-men.
-
-The foregoing outline propositions will suggest a number of questions
-and difficulties, for the answers to which readers are referred to the
-works of R. D. Owen, Hudson Tuttle, Professor Hare, and the records of
-Spiritualism _passim_. Here I must pass on to explain with some amount
-of detail, how the theory leads to a pure system of morality with
-sanctions far more powerful and effective than any which either
-religious systems or philosophy have put forth.
-
-This part of the subject cannot perhaps be better introduced than by
-referring to some remarks by Professor Huxley in a letter to the
-Committee of the Dialectical Society. He says, “But supposing the
-phenomena to be genuine—they do not interest me. If anybody would endow
-me with the faculty of listening to the chatter of old women and curates
-at the nearest cathedral town, I should decline the privilege, having
-better things to do. And if the folk in the spiritual world do not talk
-more wisely and sensibly than their friends report them to do, I put
-them in the same category.” This passage, written with the caustic
-satire in which the kind hearted Professor occasionally indulges, can
-hardly mean that if it were proved that men really continued to live
-after the death of the body, that fact would not interest him, merely
-because some of them talked twaddle? Many scientific men deny the
-spiritual source of the manifestations, on the ground that real, genuine
-spirits might reasonably be expected not to indulge in the commonplace
-trivialities which do undoubtedly form the staple of ordinary spiritual
-communications. But surely Professor Huxley, as a naturalist and
-philosopher, would not admit this to be a reasonable expectation. Does
-he not hold the doctrine that there can be no effect, mental or
-physical, without an adequate cause? and that mental states, faculties,
-and idiosyncrasies, that are the result of gradual development and
-life-long—or even ancestral—habit, cannot be suddenly changed by any
-known or imaginable cause? And if (as the Professor would probably
-admit) a very large majority of those who daily depart this life are
-persons addicted to twaddle, persons who spend much of their time in low
-or trivial pursuits, persons whose pleasures are sensual rather than
-intellectual—whence is to come the transforming power which is suddenly,
-at the mere throwing off the physical body, to change these into beings
-able to appreciate and delight in high and intellectual pursuits? The
-thing would be a miracle, the greatest of miracles, and surely Professor
-Huxley is the last man to contemplate innumerable miracles as part of
-the order of nature; and all for what? Merely _to save these people from
-the necessary consequences of their misspent lives_. For the essential
-teaching of Spiritualism is, that we are, all of us, in every act and
-thought, helping to build up a “mental fabric,” which will be and
-constitute ourselves, more completely after the death of the body than
-it does now. Just as this fabric is well or ill built, so will our
-progress and happiness be aided or retarded. Just in proportion as we
-have developed our higher intellectual and moral nature, or starved it
-by disuse and by giving undue prominence to those faculties which secure
-us mere physical or selfish enjoyment, shall we be well or ill fitted
-for the new life we enter on. The noble teaching of Herbert Spencer,
-that men are best educated by being left to suffer the natural
-consequences of their actions, is the teaching of Spiritualism as
-regards the transition to another phase of life. There will be no
-imposed rewards or punishments; but every one will suffer the natural
-and inevitable consequences of a well or ill-spent life. The well-spent
-life is that in which those faculties which regard our personal physical
-well-being are subordinated to those which regard our social and
-intellectual well-being, and the well-being of others; and that inherent
-feeling—which is so universal and so difficult to account for—that these
-latter constitute our higher nature, seems also to point to the
-conclusion that we are intended for a condition in which the former will
-be almost wholly unnecessary, and will gradually become rudimentary
-through disuse, while the latter will receive a corresponding
-development.
-
-Although, therefore, the twaddle and triviality of so many of the
-communications is not one whit more interesting to sensible
-Spiritualists than it is to Prof. Huxley, and is never voluntarily
-listened to, yet the fact that such poor stuff is talked (supposing it
-to come from spirits) is both a fact that might have been anticipated
-and a lesson of deep import. We must remember, too, the character of the
-séances at which these commonplace communications are received. A
-miscellaneous assemblance of believers of various grades and tastes, but
-mostly in search of an evening’s amusement, and of skeptics who look
-upon all the others as either fools or knaves, is not likely to attract
-to itself the more elevated and refined denizens of the higher spheres,
-who may well be supposed to feel too much interest in their own new and
-grand intellectual existence to waste their energies on either class. If
-the fact is proved, that people continue to talk after they are dead
-with just as little sense as when alive, but that, being in a state in
-which sense, both common and uncommon, is of far greater importance to
-happiness than it is here (where fools pass very comfortable lives),
-they suffer the penalty of having neglected to cultivate their minds;
-and being so much out of their element in a world where all pleasures
-are mental, they endeavor to recall old times by gossiping with their
-former associates whenever they can find the means—Prof. Huxley will not
-fail to see its vast importance as an incentive to that higher education
-which he is never weary of advocating. He would assuredly be interested
-in anything having a really practical bearing on the present as well as
-on the future condition of men; and it is evident that even these low
-and despised phenomena of Spiritualism, “if true,” have this bearing,
-and, combined with its higher teachings, constitute a great moral agency
-which may yet regenerate the world. For the Spiritualist who, by daily
-experience, gets absolute knowledge of these facts regarding the future
-state—who knows that, just in proportion as he indulges in passion, or
-selfishness, or the exclusive pursuit of wealth, and neglects to
-cultivate the affections and the varied powers of his mind, so does he
-inevitably prepare for himself misery in a world in which there are no
-physical wants to be provided for, no sensual enjoyments except those
-directly associated with the affections and sympathies, no occupations
-but those having for their object social and intellectual progress—is
-impelled toward a pure, a sympathetic, and an intellectual life by
-motives far stronger than any which either religion or philosophy can
-supply. He dreads to give way to passion or to falsehood, to selfishness
-or to a life of luxurious physical enjoyment, because he knows that the
-natural and inevitable consequences of such habits are future misery,
-necessitating a long and arduous struggle in order to develop anew the
-faculties, whose exercise long disuse has rendered painful to him. He
-will be deterred from crime by the knowledge that its unforeseen
-consequences may cause him ages of remorse; while the bad passions which
-it encourages will be a perpetual torment to himself in a state of being
-in which mental emotions cannot be laid aside or forgotten amid the
-fierce struggles and sensual pleasures of a physical existence. It must
-be remembered that these beliefs (unlike those of theology) will have a
-living efficacy, because they depend on _facts_ occurring again and
-again in the family circle, constantly reiterating the same truths as
-the result of personal knowledge, and thus bringing home to the mind,
-even of the most obtuse, the absolute reality of that future existence
-in which our degree of happiness or misery will be directly dependent on
-the “mental fabric” we construct by our daily thoughts and words and
-actions here.
-
-Contrast this system of natural and inevitable reward and retribution,
-dependent wholly on the proportionate development of our higher mental
-and moral nature, with the arbitrary system of rewards and punishments
-dependent on stated acts and beliefs only, as set forth by all dogmatic
-religions, and who can fail to see that the former is in harmony with
-the whole order of Nature—the latter opposed to it. Yet it is actually
-said that Spiritualism is altogether either imposture or delusion, and
-all its teachings but the product of “expectant attention” and
-“unconscious cerebration”! If none of the long series of demonstrative
-facts which have been here sketched out, existed, and its only product
-were this theory of a future state, that alone would negative such a
-supposition. And when it is considered that mediums of all grades,
-whether intelligent or ignorant, and having communications given through
-them in various direct and indirect ways, are absolutely in accord as to
-the main features of this theory, what becomes of the gross misstatement
-that nothing is given through mediums but what they know and believe
-themselves? The mediums have, almost all, been brought up in some of the
-usual Orthodox beliefs. How is it, then, that the usual Orthodox notions
-of heaven are _never_ confirmed through them?
-
-In the scores of volumes and pamphlets of spiritual literature I have
-read, I have found no statement of a spirit describing “winged angels,”
-or “golden harps,” or the “throne of God”—to which the humblest orthodox
-Christian thinks he will be introduced if he goes to heaven at all.
-There is no more startling and radical opposition to be found between
-the most diverse religious creeds, than that between the beliefs in
-which the majority of mediums have been brought up and the doctrines as
-to a future life that are delivered through them; there is nothing more
-marvelous in the history of the human mind than the fact that, whether
-in the back-woods of America or in country towns in England, ignorant
-men and women having almost all been brought up in the usual sectarian
-notions of heaven and hell, should, the moment they become seized by the
-strange power of mediumship, give forth teachings on this subject which
-are philosophical rather than religious, and which differ wholly from
-what had been so deeply ingrained into their minds. And this statement
-is not affected by the fact that communications purport to come from
-Catholic or Protestant, Mahometan or Hindoo spirits. Because, while such
-communications maintain special _dogmas_ and _doctrines_, yet they
-confirm the _very facts_ which really constitute the spiritual theory,
-and which in themselves contradict the theory of the sectarian spirits.
-The Roman Catholic spirit, for instance, does not describe himself as
-being in either the orthodox purgatory, heaven, or hell; the Evangelical
-Dissenter who died in the firm conviction that he should certainly “go
-to Jesus,” never describes himself as being with Christ, or as ever
-having seen him, and so on throughout. Nothing is more common than for
-religious people at séances to ask questions about God and Christ. In
-reply they never get more than opinions, or more frequently the
-statement that they, the spirits, have no more actual knowledge of those
-subjects than they had while on earth. So that the facts are all
-harmonious; and the very circumstance of there being sectarian spirits
-bears witness in two ways to the truth of the spiritual theory—it shows
-that the mind, with its ingrained beliefs, is not suddenly changed at
-death; and it shows that the communications are not the reflection of
-the mind of the medium, who is often of the same religion as the
-communicating spirit, and, because he does not get his own ideas
-confirmed, is obliged to call in the aid of “Satanic influence” to
-account for the anomaly.
-
-The doctrine of a future state and of the proper preparation for it as
-here developed, is to be found in the works of all Spiritualists, in the
-utterances of all trance-speakers, in the communications through all
-mediums; and this could be proved, did space permit, by copious
-quotations. But it varies in form and detail in each; and just as the
-historian arrives at the opinions or beliefs of any age or nation, by
-collating the individual opinions of its best and most popular writers,
-so do Spiritualists collate the various statements on the subject. They
-know well that absolute dependence is to be placed on no individual
-communications. They know that these are received by a complex physical
-and mental process, both communicator and recipient influencing the
-result; and they accept the teachings as to the future state of man only
-so far as they are repeatedly confirmed in substance (though they may
-differ in detail) by communications obtained under the most varied
-circumstances, through mediums of the most different characters and
-acquirements, at different times and in distant places. Fresh converts
-are apt to think that, once satisfied the communications come from their
-deceased friends, they may implicitly trust to them, and apply them
-universally; as if the vast spiritual world was all molded to one
-pattern, instead of being, as it almost certainly is, a thousand times
-more varied than human society on the earth is, or ever has been. The
-fact that the communications do not agree as to the condition,
-occupations, pleasures, and capacities of individual spirits, so far
-from being a difficulty, as has been absurdly supposed, is what ought to
-have been expected; while the agreement on the essential features of
-what we have stated to be the spiritual theory of a future state of
-existence, is all the more striking, and tends to establish that theory
-as a fundamental truth.
-
-The assertion so often made, that Spiritualism is the survival or
-revival of old superstitions, is so utterly unfounded as to be hardly
-worth notice. A science of human nature which is founded on observed
-facts; which appeals only to facts and experiment; which takes no
-beliefs on trust; which inculcates investigation and self-reliance as
-the first duties of intelligent beings; which teaches that happiness in
-a future life can be secured by cultivating and developing to the utmost
-the higher faculties of our intellectual and moral nature, _and by no
-other method_—is and must be the natural enemy of all superstition.
-Spiritualism is an experimental science, and affords the only sure
-foundation for a true philosophy and a pure religion. It abolishes the
-terms “supernatural” and “miracle” by an extension of the sphere of law
-and the realm of nature; and in doing so it takes up and explains
-whatever is true in the superstitions and so-called miracles of all
-ages. It, and it alone, is able to harmonize conflicting creeds; and it
-must ultimately lead to concord among mankind in the matter of religion,
-which has for so many ages been the source of unceasing discord and
-incalculable evil; and it will be able to do this because it appeals to
-evidence instead of faith, and substitutes facts for opinions; and is
-thus able to demonstrate the source of much of the teaching that men
-have so often held to be divine.
-
-It will thus be seen that those who can form no higher conception of the
-uses of Spiritualism, “even if true,” than to detect crime or to name in
-advance the winner of the Derby, not only prove their own ignorance of
-the whole subject, but exhibit in a marked degree that partial mental
-paralysis, the result of a century of materialistic thought, which
-renders so many men unable seriously to conceive the possibility of a
-natural continuation of human life after the death of the body. It will
-be seen also that Spiritualism is no mere “physiological” curiosity, no
-mere indication of some hitherto unknown “law of nature”; but that it is
-a science of vast extent, having the widest, the most important, and the
-most practical issues, and as such should enlist the sympathies alike of
-moralists, philosophers and politicians, and of all who have at heart
-the improvement of society and the permanent elevation of human nature.
-
-
-In concluding this necessarily imperfect though somewhat lengthy account
-of a subject about which so little is probably known to most of the
-readers of the Fortnightly Review, I would earnestly beg them not to
-satisfy themselves with a minute criticism of single facts, the evidence
-for which, in my brief survey, may be imperfect; but to weigh carefully
-the mass of evidence I have adduced, considering its wide range and
-various bearings. I would ask them to look rather at the results
-produced by the evidence than at the evidence itself as imperfectly
-stated by me; to consider the long roll of men of ability who,
-commencing the inquiry as skeptics, left it as believers, and to give
-these men credit for not having overlooked, during years of patient
-inquiry, difficulties which at once occur to themselves. I would ask
-them to ponder well on the fact, that no earnest inquirer has ever come
-to a conclusion adverse to the reality of the phenomena; and that no
-Spiritualist has ever yet given them up as false. I would ask them,
-finally, to dwell upon the long series of facts in human history that
-Spiritualism explains, and on the noble and satisfying theory of a
-future life that it unfolds. If they will do this, I feel confident that
-the result I have alone aimed at will be attained; which is, to remove
-the prejudices and misconceptions with which the whole subject has been
-surrounded, and to incite to unbiased and persevering examination of the
-facts. For the cardinal maxim of Spiritualism is, that every one must
-find out the truth for himself. It makes no claim to be received on
-hearsay evidence; but, on the other hand, it demands that it be not
-rejected without patient, honest and fearless inquiry.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- Modern Spiritualism.
-
- By EPES SARGENT.
-
-
- PLANCHETTE: THE DESPAIR OF SCIENCE.
-
- Being a Full Account of Modern Spiritualism.
-
- PRICE, IN ILLUMINATED PAPER COVERS, $1; IN GREEN CLOTH, $1.25. POSTAGE,
- 16C. A New Edition, just issued by ROBERTS BROTHERS, Boston.
-
-
-This volume should be properly called “A History of Modern
-Spiritualism,” for it is a thorough and careful survey of the whole
-subject of well-attested phenomena believed to be spiritual.
-
-=Prof. WM. CROOKES, F. R. S.=, of London, the celebrated chemist, whose
-scientific verifications of the spiritual phenomena are now creating
-such a sensation, writes, under date of April 17, 1874,—
-
-“_Planchette_ was the first book I read on Spiritualism, and it still
-remains, in my opinion, the best work to place in the hands of the
-uninitiated.”
-
-=GEO. WM. CURTIS=, in HARPER’S WEEKLY, says of it,—
-
-“It is a copious and popular but faithful summary of the phenomena and
-theories. The ample knowledge and literary skill with which the subject
-is treated make this volume an indispensable manual to all who are
-attracted to this speculation, and it will be read with great interest
-by the skeptic as well as by the believer.”
-
-=The Rev. Dr. BELLOWS=, in the LIBERAL CHRISTIAN, says of it,—
-
-“It sets forth many important considerations with regard to the
-philosophy of the mind, while its historical notices of the development
-of Spiritualism during the last twenty years give a more complete and
-impartial view of the phenomena in question than has thus far been
-presented to the public.”
-
-=The New York Express= says,—
-
-“This is certainly one of the most startling works of our sensational
-age. It purports to give a duly authenticated narration of spiritual
-manifestations, which are beyond the bounds of credulity by any calm
-thinking reader; and yet the asserted facts are given with such an
-apparent truthfulness and distinctness of detail, and the learned and
-distinguished names connected with the scenes described are of such
-weight, that it is impossible to deny the conviction impressed upon the
-mind that either Spiritualism is one of the greatest delusions of the
-age, or that it is indeed a new manifestation of supernatural power,
-deserving the investigations of our theologians and teachers. The work,
-from its extreme interest, will amply repay a careful perusal.”
-
-=The Boston Journal= says,—
-
-“Mr. Sargent has here collected a vast amount of information, and
-whoever wishes to have an intelligent epitome of the whole history of
-modern Spiritualism will find it in this volume.”
-
- For Sale by
- COLBY AND RICH,
- No. 9 Montgomery Place, Boston, Mass.
-
-
-
-
- NOW READY.
-
- A BIOGRAPHY
-
- OF
-
- MRS. J. H. CONANT,
-
- The World’s Medium of the Nineteenth Century.
-
- A HISTORY OF HER MEDIUMSHIP
-
- From Childhood to the Present Time;
-
- BEING A NARRATIVE OF THE
-
- _Personal Experiences, Sharp Trials, and Liberalizing Victories achieved
- in the cause of Human Reason and Spiritual Knowledge._
-
-
- Let the heart-stricken read it, and be comforted;
- Let the earth-weary peruse it, and be glad;
- Let the world’s workers explore it, and be encouraged;
- Let the doubter scan its incontrovertible testimony, and be confounded;
- Let the true man and woman, wherever abiding, recognize in it the
- life-line of a _kindred soul_.
-
- COLBY AND RICH,
- PUBLISHERS,
- NO. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE,
- BOSTON, MASS.
-
-
-
-
- FLASHES OF LIGHT
-
- FROM
-
- THE SPIRIT-LAND,
-
- THROUGH THE MEDIUMSHIP OF
-
- MRS. J. H. CONANT.
-
- COMPILED AND ARRANGED BY
-
- ALLEN PUTNAM,
-
- Author of “Spirit-Works;” “Natty, a Spirit;” “Mesmerism, Spiritualism,
- Witchcraft, and Miracle;” Etc., Etc.
-
-
-This comprehensive volume of more than four hundred pages will present
-to the reader a wide range of useful information upon subjects of the
-utmost importance.
-
- THE DISEMBODIED MINDS
-
-of many distinguished lights of the past
-
- HERE SPEAK
-
-to the embodied intelligences of to-day, proclaiming their views as
-derived from or modified by the FREEDOM FROM ARTIFICIAL CONSTRAINT, and
-the ADDED LIGHT OF THE SPIRIT-WORLD, concerning
-
- THE ORIGIN OF MAN,
-
-the duty devolving upon each individual, and the
-
- DESTINY OF THE RACE.
-
-As an Encyclopædia of Spiritual Information, this work is without a
-superior.
-
-Price $1.50. Postage 22 cents.
-
- COLBY AND RICH, PUBLISHERS,
- 9 Montgomery Place, Boston.
-
-
-
-
- J. O. Barrett’s Works.
-
-
- SPIRITUAL PILGRIM:
-
- A BIOGRAPHY OF JAMES M. PEEBLES.
-
-With beauty of style, the author has given full accounts of this
-celebrated writer and speaker, in all his travels; comprising facts of
-varied laws of mediumship, with a FINE LIKENESS of Mr. Peebles. Single
-copy, $1.50; Postage, 20 cts.
-
-
- LOOKING BEYOND:
-
-A souvenir of love to the bereft of every home—welcomed with joy for its
-sunny Philosophy. Single copy, 75 cts; Postage, 12 cts.
-
-
- SOCIAL FREEDOM:
-
- MARRIAGE AS IT IS AND AS IT SHOULD BE.
-
-An analytical and beautiful treatise on the SOCIAL QUESTION,
-comprehending all the main issues, and proving that the highest freedom
-is compatible with the strictest virtue. Single copy, 25 cts; six
-copies, $1.20; twelve copies, $2.00.
-
-
- SPIRITUAL HARP:
-
- BY
-
- J. O. BARRETT, J. M. PEEBLES, and E. H. BAILEY.
-
-Popular all over the world, it is so full of beautiful words and
-inspiring melodies. Single copy, $2.00, Postage, 26 cts; six copies,
-$10.00; twelve copies, $19.00; Gilt, $12.50; Abridged, $11.00; Postage,
-14 cts.
-
- COLBY & RICH,
- No. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE,
- BOSTON, MASS.
-
-
-
-
- THE CLERGY
-
- A
-
- SOURCE OF DANGER
-
- TO THE
-
- AMERICAN REPUBLIC.
-
- BY W. F. JAMIESON.
-
-
-“By being a good Churchman, a person might become a bad citizen.”—_Fox’s
-Speech in the House of Commons, Parl. Hist., Vol. xxix, p. 1377._
-
-“The king, [George III,] on every occasion, paid a court to the clergy.”
-“He was, therefore, sure of their support, and they zealously aided him
-in every attempt to oppress the Colonies.”—_Buckle’s History of
-Civilization in England, Vol. i, p. 343._
-
-“During almost a hundred and fifty years, Europe was afflicted by
-religious wars, religious massacres, and religious persecutions; not one
-of which would have arisen, if the great truth had been recognized, that
-the state has no concern with the opinions of men, and no right to
-interfere, even in the slightest degree, with the form of worship which
-they may choose to adopt.”—_Buckle’s History, p. 190._
-
- CLOTH $1,50
- GILT 2,00
- POSTAGE 20
- CENTS.
-
- ORIGIN AND PROGRESS
- OF THE
- MOVEMENT FOR THE
- RECOGNITION OE THE
- CHRISTIAN GOD, JESUS CHRIST
- AND THE BIBLE,
- IN THE
- UNITED STATES CONSTITUTION,
- BY W. F. JAMIESON.
- PRICE 15 CENTS, POSTAGE 2 CENTS.
-
-
-
-
- COLBY & RICH,
-
- No. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE,
-
- BOSTON,
-
- Publishers and Booksellers
-
- KEEP A COMPLETE ASSORTMENT OF
-
- _SPIRITUAL_, _PROGRESSIVE_, _REFORM_,
-
- AND
-
- MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS,
-
- AT WHOLESALE AND RETAIL.
-
-
- AMONG THE AUTHORS ARE,—
-
- ANDREW JACKSON DAVIS,
- Hon. ROBERT DALE OWEN,
- WILLIAM DENTON,
- JAS. M. PEEBLES,
- HENRY C. WRIGHT,
- ERNEST RENAN,
- GILES B. STEBBINS,
- WARREN CHASE,
- D. D. HOME,
- T. R. HAZARD,
- A. E. NEWTON,
- Rev. M. B. CRAVEN,
- Judge J. W. EDMONDS,
- Prof. S. B. BRITTAN,
- ALLEN PUTNAM,
- EPES SARGENT,
- W. F. EVANS,
- HUDSON TUTTLE,
- A. B. CHILD,
- P. B. RANDOLPH,
- WARREN S. BARLOW,
- Rev. T. B. TAYLOR,
- J. O. BARRETT,
- Rev. WM. MOUNTFORD.
-
- Mrs. EMMA HARDINGE,
- Mrs. J. S. ADAMS,
- ACHSA W. SPRAGUE,
- BELLE BUSH,
- Miss LIZZIE DOTEN,
- Mrs. MARIA M. KING,
- Mrs. L. MARIA CHILD,
- Mrs. LOIS WAISBROOKER.
-
-TERMS CASH.—Orders for Books must be accompanied by all or part cash.
-When the money sent is not sufficient to fill the order, the balance
-must be paid C. O. D.
-
-Any Book published in England or America, not out of print, will be sent
-by mail or express.
-
-☞ Catalogues of Books giving prices, &c., sent free.
-
-
-
-
- BANNER OF LIGHT:
-
- AN EXPONENT OF THE
- SPIRITUAL PHILOSOPHY
- OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY.
-
- PUBLISHED WEEKLY
- AT NO. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE, BOSTON, MASS.,
-
- COLBY & RICH, Proprietors.
-
-
-THE BANNER OF LIGHT is a first-class eight-page Family Newspaper,
-containing FORTY COLUMNS OF INTERESTING AND INSTRUCTIVE READING, classed
-as follows:
-
- =LITERARY DEPARTMENT.=—Original Novelettes of reformatory tendencies,
- and occasionally translations from French and German authors.
-
- =REPORTS OF SPIRITUAL LECTURES.=—By able Trance and Normal Speakers.
-
- =ORIGINAL ESSAYS.=—Upon Spiritual, Philosophical, and Scientific
- Subjects.
-
- =EDITORIAL DEPARTMENT.=—Subjects of General Interest, the Spiritual
- Philosophy, Current Events, Entertaining Miscellany, Notices of New
- Publications, &c.
-
- =MESSAGE DEPARTMENT.=—A page of Spirit-Messages from the departed to
- their friends in earth-life, given through the mediumship of MRS. J.
- H. CONANT, proving direct spirit-intercourse between the Mundane and
- Super-Mundane Worlds.
-
-All which features render this journal a popular Family Paper, and at
-the same time the Harbinger of a Glorious Scientific Religion.
-
-TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION IN ADVANCE:
-
- =Per Year, $3.00= =Six Months, $1.50.=
-
- In remitting by mail, a Post Office Order or Draft on Boston or New
- York payable to the order of COLBY and RICH, is preferable to Bank
- Notes, since, should the Order or Draft be lost or stolen, it can be
- renewed without loss to the sender.
-
- Subscriptions discontinued at the expiration of the time paid for.
-
- Subscribers in Canada will add to the terms of subscription 20 cents
- per year, for pre-payment of American postage.
-
- ☞ _Specimen Copies sent Free._
-
- ADVERTISEMENTS inserted at twenty cents per line for the first, and
- fifteen cents per line for each subsequent insertion.
-
- ☞ All communications intended for publication, or in any way connected
- with the Editorial Department, should be addressed to the EDITOR.
- Letters to the Editor, not intended for publication, should be marked
- “private” on the envelope.
-
- COLBY & RICH,
- _NO. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE_,
- BOSTON, MASS.
-
- This Establishment keeps for sale all
- Spiritual, Progressive and Reform Publications.
- For Prices, &c., see Catalogues, and advertisements in the Banner of
- Light.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
-
-
- 1. Silently corrected obvious typographical errors and variations in
- spelling.
- 2. Retained archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings as printed.
- 3. Enclosed italics font in _underscores_.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A DEFENCE OF MODERN
-SPIRITUALISM ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/69454-0.zip b/old/69454-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index e32dd8d..0000000
--- a/old/69454-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69454-h.zip b/old/69454-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index b98f91d..0000000
--- a/old/69454-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/69454-h/69454-h.htm b/old/69454-h/69454-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index ef488bd..0000000
--- a/old/69454-h/69454-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3928 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html>
-<html lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta charset="UTF-8">
- <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of A defence of modern spiritualism, by Alfred R. Wallace</title>
- <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
- <style>
- body { margin-left: 8%; margin-right: 10%; }
- h1 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: xx-large; }
- h2 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; }
- .pageno { right: 1%; font-size: x-small; background-color: inherit; color: silver;
- text-indent: 0em; text-align: right; position: absolute;
- border: thin solid silver; padding: .1em .2em; font-style: normal;
- font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; text-decoration: none; }
- p { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify; }
- sup { vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.6em; }
- .fss { font-size: 75%; }
- .sc { font-variant: small-caps; }
- .large { font-size: large; }
- .xlarge { font-size: x-large; }
- .small { font-size: small; }
- .lg-container-b { text-align: center; }
- .x-ebookmaker .lg-container-b { clear: both; }
- .lg-container-r { text-align: right; }
- .x-ebookmaker .lg-container-r { clear: both; }
- .linegroup { display: inline-block; text-align: justify; }
- .x-ebookmaker .linegroup { display: block; margin-left: 1.5em; }
- .linegroup .group { margin: 1em auto; }
- .linegroup .line { text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em; }
- div.linegroup > :first-child { margin-top: 0; }
- .ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; }
- ol.ol_1 {padding-left: 0; margin-left: 2.78%; margin-top: .5em;
- margin-bottom: .5em; list-style-type: decimal; }
- div.footnote > :first-child { margin-top: 1em; }
- div.footnote p { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- div.pbb { page-break-before: always; }
- hr.pb { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-bottom: 1em; }
- .x-ebookmaker hr.pb { display: none; }
- .chapter { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
- .table0 { margin: auto; width: 80%; }
- .colwidth45 { width:45% ; }
- .colwidth50 { width:50% ; }
- .colwidth54 { width:54% ; }
- .nf-center { text-align: center; }
- .nf-center-c0 { text-align: justify; margin: 0.5em 0; }
- .c000 { margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c001 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em; }
- .c002 { margin-top: 2em; }
- .c003 { margin-top: 1em; }
- .c004 { page-break-before:auto; margin-top: 4em; }
- .c005 { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-bottom: 0.8em;
- margin-left: 35%; margin-right: 35%; width: 30%; margin-top: 2em; }
- .c006 { margin-top: 2em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c007 { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c008 { text-decoration: none; }
- .c009 { font-size: .9em; text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em;
- margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c010 { margin-top: 4em; }
- .c011 { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c012 { vertical-align: top; text-align: justify; text-indent: -1em;
- padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
- .c013 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; }
- .c014 { text-align: center; }
- .c015 { margin-left: 5.56%; text-indent: -2.78%; margin-top: 0.5em;
- margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- div.tnotes { padding-left:1em;padding-right:1em;background-color:#E3E4FA;
- border:thin solid silver; margin:2em 10% 0 10%; font-family: Georgia, serif;
- clear: both; }
- .covernote { visibility: hidden; display: none; }
- div.tnotes p { text-align: justify; }
- .x-ebookmaker .covernote { visibility: visible; display: block; }
- .x-ebookmaker img {max-height: 30em; max-width: 100%; }
- .footnote {font-size: .9em; }
- div.footnote p {text-indent: 2em; margin-bottom: .5em; }
- .chapter { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
- .ol_1 li {font-size: .9em; }
- .x-ebookmaker .ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: 0em; }
- body {font-family: Georgia, serif; text-align: justify; }
- table {font-size: .9em; padding: 1.5em .5em 1em; page-break-inside: avoid;
- clear: both; }
- div.titlepage {text-align: center; page-break-before: always;
- page-break-after: always; }
- div.titlepage p {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;
- line-height: 1.5; margin-top: 3em; }
- .ph2 { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; margin: .75em auto;
- page-break-before: always; }
- .ph { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; margin: .75em auto;
- page-break-before: always; }
- .double {border-style: double;border-width: 4px; }
- .x-ebookmaker p.dropcap:first-letter { float: left; }
-</style>
- </head>
- <body>
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of A defence of modern spiritualism, by Alfred Russel Wallace</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: A defence of modern spiritualism</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Alfred Russel Wallace</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Contributor: Epes Sargent</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: December 1, 2022 [eBook #69454]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Richard Tonsing and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive)</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A DEFENCE OF MODERN SPIRITUALISM ***</div>
-
-<div class='tnotes covernote'>
-
-<p class='c000'><strong>Transcriber’s Note:</strong></p>
-
-<p class='c000'>The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='titlepage double'>
-
-<div>
- <h1 class='c001'><span class='xlarge'>A DEFENCE</span><br> <span class='small'>OF</span><br> MODERN SPIRITUALISM.</h1>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
- <div>BY</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='large'>ALFRED R. WALLACE, F. R. S.,</span></div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='small'>AUTHOR OF “THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO,” “EXPLORATIONS ON THE AMAZON,” “THE THEORY OF NATURAL SELECTION,” ETC., ETC.</span></div>
- <div class='c002'>WITH A PREFACE</div>
- <div class='c003'>BY EPES SARGENT.</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='small'>SECOND THOUSAND.</span></div>
- <div class='c002'>BOSTON:</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='large'>COLBY AND RICH,</span></div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='sc'>9 Montgomery Place</span>.</div>
- <div class='c003'>1874.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_iii'>iii</span>
- <h2 class='c004'>PREFACE.</h2>
-</div>
-<hr class='c005'>
-
-<p class='c006'>The signs are, that both the moral and the religious systems
-of the future will be greatly modified by the advance
-of science. They will be more and more conformed to the
-facts of nature; not only to the facts which a diligent Materialism,
-working in a single direction, has brought to light,
-but to the transcendent facts which Modern Spiritualism
-has restored and proved. The one order of facts is incomplete
-without the other; and Materialism is as surely
-doomed to be encircled and transfigured by the wider
-horizon of Spiritualism, as the Ptolemaic system of the
-universe was doomed to be superseded by the Copernican.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Unpopular facts often encounter an opposition quite as
-persistent as that which follows unpopular theories; and so
-intelligent Spiritualists are not disturbed by the antagonism
-which their facts have met with from the Huxleys, Tyndalls,
-Carpenters, and Büchners of our day. All these men,
-working as they are for science in their different ways,
-though under the disadvantage of an ignorance of certain
-phenomena of vast significance, are welcomed as fellow-laborers
-in the cause of truth by Spiritualists; for the latter,
-relying on their facts, are confident that genuine Science
-includes them all, and that every new discovery must be in
-harmony with all that they hold as true. Opposition to the
-phenomena, proceeding as it does from lack of knowledge,
-simply indicates the magnitude and astonishing character
-of the facts themselves, which could excite such incredulity
-in the face of such overwhelming testimony.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Among the men of science who have either admitted the
-facts, or both the facts and the theory, of Spiritualism, are
-Hare, chemist; Varley, F. R. S., electrician; Flammarion,
-astronomer; Crookes, F. R. S., chemist; Hoefle, author of
-the “History of Chemistry;” Nichols, chemist; Fichte, philosopher;
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_iv'>iv</span>Liais, astronomer; Hermann Goldschmidt, astronomer,
-and the discoverer of fourteen planets; Von Esenbach,
-the greatest modern German botanist; Huggins, F. R. S.,
-astronomer and spectroscopist; De Morgan, mathematician;
-Dille, physicist; Elliotson, Ashburner, and Gray, physicians
-and surgeons. To no one eminent man of science, however,
-has Spiritualism been more indebted than to Alfred
-Russell Wallace, F. R. S., distinguished for his researches
-in natural history, paleontology, and anthropology. His
-“Defence of Spiritualism,” here presented, appeared originally
-in the London Fortnightly Review for May and June,
-1874. Containing as it does the latest facts, no better tract
-for Spiritualists to offer as an answer to their opponents has
-yet appeared.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Mr. Wallace, though he arrived, simultaneously with
-Mr. Darwin, at similar conclusions in regard to the origin
-of species, differs from him on a most important point; for
-Mr. Wallace believes that “a superior intelligence is necessary
-to account for man.” His acquaintance with the phenomena
-of Spiritualism must always give him, in the sweep
-and comprehensiveness of his anthropology, a great advantage
-over Mr. Darwin. Besides his great work on the
-“Natural History of the Malay Archipelago,” and an account
-of his “Explorations on the Amazon,” Mr. Wallace is the
-author of “The Theory of Natural Selection,” and of many
-valuable papers in scientific journals. Dr. Hooker, president
-of the British Scientific Association, wrote, in 1868,
-“Of Mr. Wallace, and his many contributions to philosophical
-biology, it is not easy to speak without enthusiasm;
-for, putting aside their great merits, he, throughout his many
-writings, with a modesty as rare as I believe it to be in him
-unconscious, forgets his own unquestionable claims to the
-honor of having originated, independently of Mr. Darwin,
-the theories which he so ably defends.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The testimony of such an investigator as Mr. Wallace
-in behalf of the stupendous phenomena of Spiritualism is
-not to be lightly put aside or ignored. What can be said in
-reply to such an array of facts as he presents?</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-r'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>E. S.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_5'>5</span>
- <h2 class='c004'><span class='large'>A DEFENCE</span><br> <span class='small'>OF</span><br> MODERN SPIRITUALISM.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<hr class='c005'>
-
-<p class='c006'>It is with great diffidence, but under an imperative sense of
-duty, that the present writer accepts the opportunity afforded
-him of submitting to his readers some general account of a
-widespread movement, which, though for the most part
-treated with ridicule or contempt, he believes to embody
-truths of the most vital importance to human progress.<a id='r1'></a><a href='#f1' class='c008'><sup>[1]</sup></a> The
-subject to be treated is of such vast extent, the evidence
-concerning it is so varied and so extraordinary, the prejudices
-that surround it are so inveterate, that it is not possible
-to do it justice without entering into considerable detail.
-The reader who ventures on the perusal of the succeeding
-pages may, therefore, have his patience tried; but if he
-is able to throw aside his preconceived ideas of what is
-possible and what is impossible, and in the acceptance or
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_6'>6</span>rejection of the evidence submitted to him will carefully
-weigh and be solely guided by the nature of the concurrent
-testimony, the writer ventures to believe that he will not
-find his time and patience ill bestowed.</p>
-
-<div class='footnote' id='f1'>
-<p class='c007'><a href='#r1'>1</a>. The following are the more important works which have been used in
-the preparation of this article: Judge Edmonds’s “Spiritual Tracts,”
-New York, 1858–1860. Robert Dale Owen’s “Footfalls on the Boundary
-of Another World,” Trübner &#38; Co., 1861. E. Hardinge’s “Modern American
-Spiritualism,” New York, 1870. Robert Dale Owen’s “Debatable
-Land between this World and the Next,” Trübner &#38; Co., 1871. “Report
-on Spiritualism of the Committee of the London Dialectical Society,”
-Longmans &#38; Co., 1871. “Year-Book of Spiritualism,” Boston and London,
-1871. Hudson Tuttle’s “Arcana of Spiritualism,” Boston, 1871.
-The Spiritual Magazine, 1861–1874. The Spiritualist Newspaper, 1872–1874.
-The Medium and Daybreak, 1869–1874.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Few men, in this busy age, have leisure to read massive
-volumes devoted to special subjects. They gain much of their
-general knowledge, outside the limits of their profession or of
-any peculiar study, by means of periodical literature; and, as
-a rule, they are supplied with copious and accurate, though
-general, information. Some of our best thinkers and workers
-make known the results of their researches to the readers of
-magazines and reviews; and it is seldom that a writer whose
-information is meagre, or obtained at second-hand, is permitted
-to come before the public in their pages as an authoritative
-teacher. But as regards the subject we are now about to
-consider, this rule has not hitherto been followed. Those who
-have devoted many years to an examination of its phenomena
-have been, in most cases, refused a hearing; while men who
-have bestowed on it no adequate attention, and are almost
-wholly ignorant of the researches of others, have alone supplied
-the information to which a large proportion of the public
-have had access. In support of this statement it is necessary
-to refer, with brief comments, to some of the more prominent
-articles in which the phenomena and pretensions of
-Spiritualism have been recently discussed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At the beginning of the present year the readers of this
-Review were treated to “Experiences of Spiritualism,” by a
-writer of no mean ability, and of thoroughly advanced views.
-He assures his readers that he “conscientiously endeavored
-to qualify himself for speaking on this subject” by attending
-five séances, the details of several of which he narrates; and
-he comes to the conclusion that mediums are by no means ingenious
-deceivers, but “jugglers of the most vulgar order;”
-that the “spiritualistic mind falls a victim to the most patent
-frauds,” and greedily “accepts jugglery as manifestations of
-spirits”; and, lastly, that the mediums are as credulous as
-their dupes, and fall straightway into any trap that is laid for
-them. Now, on the evidence before him, and on the assumption
-that no more or better evidence would have been forthcoming
-had he devoted fifty instead of five evenings to the inquiry,
-the conclusions of Lord Amberley are perfectly logical;
-but, so far from what he witnessed being a “specimen of the
-kind of manifestations by which Spiritualists are convinced,”
-a very little acquaintance with the literature of the subject
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_7'>7</span>would have shown him that no Spiritualist of any mark was
-ever convinced by any quantity of such evidence. In an article
-published since Lord Amberley’s—in London Society for
-February—the author, a barrister and well-known literary
-man, says:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“It was difficult for me to give in to the idea that solid objects
-could be conveyed, invisibly, through closed doors, or
-that heavy furniture could be moved without the interposition
-of hands. Philosophers will say these things are absolutely
-impossible; nevertheless, it is absolutely certain that
-they do occur. I have met in the houses of private friends,
-as witnesses of these phenomena, persons whose testimony
-would go for a good deal in a court of justice. They have included
-peers, members of parliament, diplomatists of the highest
-rank, judges, barristers, physicians, clergymen, members
-of learned societies, chemists, engineers, journalists, and
-thinkers of all sorts and degrees. They have suggested and
-carried into effect tests of the most rigid and satisfactory character.
-The media (all non-professional) have been searched
-before and after séances. The precaution has even been
-taken of providing them unexpectedly with other apparel.
-They have been tied; they have been sealed; they have been
-secured in every cunning and dexterous manner that ingenuity
-could devise, but no deception has been discovered and no
-imposture brought to light. Neither was there any motive
-for imposture. No fee or reward of any kind depended upon
-the success or non-success of the manifestations.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Now here we have a nice question of probabilities. We
-must either believe that Lord Amberley is almost infinitely
-more acute than Mr. Dunphy and his host of eminent friends—so
-that after five séances (most of them failures) he has got
-to the bottom of a mystery in which they, notwithstanding
-their utmost endeavors, still hopelessly flounder—or, that the
-noble lord’s acuteness does not surpass the combined acuteness
-of all these persons; in which case their much larger experience,
-and their having witnessed many things Lord Amberley
-has not witnessed, must be held to have the greater
-weight, and to show, at all events, that all mediums are not
-“jugglers of the most vulgar order.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In October last the New Quarterly Magazine, in its opening
-number, had an article entitled “A Spiritualistic Séance;”
-but which proved to be an account of certain ingenious contrivances
-by which some of the phenomena usual at séances
-were imitated, and both Spiritualists and skeptics deceived
-and confounded. This appears at first sight to be an exposure
-of Spiritualism, but it is really very favorable to its pretensions;
-for it goes on the assumption that the marvelous
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_8'>8</span>phenomena witnessed do really occur, but are produced by
-various mechanical contrivances. In this case the rooms
-above, below, and at the side of that in which the séance was
-held had to be prepared with specially constructed machinery,
-with assistants to work it. The apparatus, as described,
-would cost at least £100, and would then only serve to produce
-a few fixed phenomena, such as happen frequently in private
-houses and at the lodgings of mediums who have not exclusive
-possession of any of the adjoining rooms, or the means of
-obtaining expensive machinery and hired assistants. The article
-bears internal evidence of being altogether a fictitious
-narrative; but it helps to demonstrate, if any demonstration
-is required, that the phenomena which occur under such protean
-forms and varied conditions, and in private houses quite
-as often as at the apartments of the mediums, are in no way
-produced by machinery.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Perhaps the most prominent recent attack on Spiritualism
-was that in the Quarterly Review for October, 1871, which is
-known to have been written by an eminent physiologist, and
-did much to blind the public to the real nature of the movement.
-This article, after giving a light sketch of the reported
-phenomena, entered into some details as to planchette-writing
-and table-lifting—facts on which no Spiritualist depends
-as evidence to a third party—and then proceeded to define its
-standpoint as follows:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“Our position, then, is that the so-called spiritual communications
-come from <em>within</em>, not from without, the individuals
-who suppose themselves to be the recipients of them; that
-they belong to the class termed ‘subjective’ by physiologists
-and psychologists, and that the movements by which they are
-expressed, whether the tilting of tables or the writing of
-planchettes, are really produced by their own muscular action
-exerted independently of their own wills and quite unconsciously
-to themselves.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Several pages are then devoted to accounts of séances
-which, like Lord Amberley’s, were mostly failures; and to the
-experiences of a Bath clergyman who believed that the communications
-came from devils; and, generally, such weak
-and inconclusive phenomena only are adduced as can be
-easily explained by the well-worn formulæ of “unconscious
-cerebration,” “expectant attention,” and “unconscious muscular
-action.” A few of the more startling physical phenomena
-are mentioned merely to be discredited and the judgment
-of the witnesses impugned; but no attempt is made to
-place before the reader any information as to the amount or
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_9'>9</span>the weight of the testimony to such phenomena, or to the long
-series of diverse phenomena which lead up to and confirm
-them. Some of the experiments of Prof. Hare and Mr.
-Crookes are quoted and criticised in the spirit of assuming
-that these experienced physicists were ignorant of the simplest
-principles of mechanics, and failed to use the most ordinary
-precautions. Of the numerous and varied cases on
-record, of heavy bodies being moved without direct or indirect
-contact by any human being, no notice is taken, except
-so far as quoting Mr. C. F. Varley’s statement, that he had
-seen, in broad daylight, a small table moved ten feet, with
-no one near it but himself, and not touched by him—“as an
-example of the manner in which minds of this limited order
-are apt to become the dupes of their own imaginings.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This article, like the others here referred to, shows in the
-writer an utter forgetfulness of the maxim, that an argument
-is not answered till it is answered at its best. Amid
-the vast mass of recorded facts now accumulated by Spiritualists,
-there is, of course, much that is weak and inconclusive,
-much that is of no value as evidence, except to those
-who have independent reasons for faith in them. From this
-undigested mass it is the easiest thing in the world to pick
-out arguments that can be refuted and facts that can be explained
-away; but what is that to the purpose? It is not
-these that have convinced any one; but those weightier, oft-repeated
-and oft-tested facts which the writers referred to invariably
-ignore.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Prof. Tyndall has also given the world (in his “Fragments
-of Science,” published in 1871) some account of his attempt
-to investigate these phenomena. Again, we have a
-minute record of a séance which was a failure, and in which
-the Professor, like Lord Amberley, easily imposed on some
-too credulous Spiritualists by improvising a few manifestations
-of his own. The article in question is dated as far back
-as 1864. We may therefore conclude that the Professor has
-not seen much of the subject; nor can he have made himself
-acquainted with what others have seen and carefully verified,
-or he would hardly have thought his communication worthy
-of the place it occupies among original researches and positive
-additions to human knowledge. Both its facts and its
-reasonings have been well replied to by Mr. Patrick Fraser
-Alexander, in his little work entitled “Spiritualism; a Narrative
-and a Discussion,” which we recommend to those who
-care to see how a very acute yet unprejudiced mind looks at
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_10'>10</span>the phenomena, and how inconclusive, even from a scientific
-standpoint, are the experiences adduced by Prof. Tyndall.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The discussion in the Pall Mall Gazette in 1868, and a considerable
-private correspondence, indicates that scientific men
-almost invariably assume that, in this inquiry, they should be
-permitted, at the very outset, to impose conditions; and if,
-under such conditions, nothing happens, they consider it a
-proof of imposture or delusion. But they well know that, in
-all other branches of research, Nature, not they, determines
-the essential conditions, without a compliance with which no
-experiment will succeed. These conditions have to be learnt
-by a patient questioning of Nature, and they are different for
-each branch of science. How much more may they be expected
-to differ in an inquiry which deals with subtle forces
-of the nature of which the physicist is wholly and absolutely
-ignorant! To ask to be allowed to deal with these unknown
-phenomena as he has hitherto dealt with known phenomena,
-is practically to prejudge the question, since it assumes that
-both are governed by the same laws.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>From the sketch which has now been given of the recent
-treatment of the subject by popular and scientific writers,
-we can summarize pretty accurately their mental attitude in
-regard to it. They have seen very little of the phenomena
-themselves, and they cannot believe that others have seen
-much more. They have encountered people who are easily
-deceived by a little unexpected trickery, and they conclude
-that the convictions of Spiritualists generally are founded on
-phenomena produced, either consciously or unconsciously, in
-a similar way. They are so firmly convinced, on <i><span lang="la" xml:lang="la">a priori</span></i>
-grounds, that the more remarkable phenomena said to happen
-do not really happen, that they will back their conviction
-against the direct testimony of any body of men, preferring
-to believe that they are all the victims of some mysterious
-delusion whenever imposture is out of the question. To
-influence persons in this frame of mind, it is evident that
-<em>more</em> personal testimony to isolated facts is utterly useless.
-They have, to use the admirable expression of Dr. Carpenter,
-“no place in the existing fabric of their thought into which
-such facts can be fitted.” It is necessary, therefore, to modify
-the “fabric of thought” itself; and it appears to the present
-writer that this can best be done by a general historic
-sketch of the subject, and by showing, by separate lines of
-inquiry, how wide and varied is the evidence, and how remarkably
-these lines converge toward one uniform conclusion.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_11'>11</span>The endeavor will be made to indicate, by typical examples
-of each class of evidence and without unnecessary
-detail, the cumulative force of the argument.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c004'>HISTORICAL SKETCH.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>Modern Spiritualism dates from March, 1848; it being then
-that, for the first time, intelligent communications were held
-with the unknown cause of the mysterious knockings and
-other sounds, similar to those which had disturbed the Mompesson
-and Wesley families in the seventeenth and eighteenth
-centuries. This discovery was made by Miss Kate Fox, a
-girl of nine years old, and the first recognized example of an
-extensive class now known as mediums. It is worthy of remark
-that this very first “modern spiritual manifestation”
-was subjected to the test of unlimited examination by all the
-inhabitants of the village of Hydesville, New York. Though
-all were utter skeptics, no one could discover any cause for
-the noises, which continued, though with less violence, when
-all the children had left the house. Nothing is more common
-than the remark that it is absurd and illogical to impute
-noises, of which we cannot discover the cause, to the agency
-of spirits. So it undoubtedly is when the noises are merely
-noises; but is it so illogical when these noises turn out to be
-signals, and signals which spell out a fact, which fact, though
-wholly unknown to all present, turns out to be true? Yet,
-on this very first occasion, twenty-six years ago, the signals
-declared that a murdered man was buried in the cellar of the
-house; it indicated the exact spot in the cellar under which
-the body lay; and upon digging there, at a depth of six
-or seven feet, considerable portions of a human skeleton
-were found. Yet more: the name of the murdered man
-was given, and it was ascertained that such a person had visited
-that very house and had disappeared five years before,
-and had never been heard of since. The signals further declared
-that he, the murdered man, was the signaller; and as
-all the witnesses had satisfied themselves that the signals
-were not made by any living person or by any assignable
-cause, the logical conclusion from the facts was, that it <em>was</em>
-the spirit<a id='r2'></a><a href='#f2' class='c008'><sup>[2]</sup></a> of the murdered man; although such a conclusion
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_12'>12</span>might be to some in the highest degree improbable, and to
-others in the highest degree absurd.</p>
-
-<div class='footnote' id='f2'>
-<p class='c007'><a href='#r2'>2</a>. It may be as well here to explain that the word “spirit,” which is
-often considered to be so objectionable by scientific men, is used throughout
-this article (or at all events in the earlier portions of it) merely to avoid
-circumlocution, in the sense of the “intelligent cause of the phenomena,”
-and not as implying “the spirits of the dead,” unless so expressly stated.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Misses Fox now became involuntary mediums, and the
-family (which had removed to the city of Rochester) were
-accused of imposture, and offered to submit the children to
-examination by a committee of townsmen appointed in public
-meeting. Three committees were successively appointed;
-the last, composed of violent skeptics who had accused the
-previous committees of stupidity or connivance. But all
-three, after unlimited investigation, were forced to declare
-that the cause of the phenomena was undiscoverable. The
-sounds occurred on the wall and floor while the mediums,
-after being thoroughly searched by ladies, “stood on pillows,
-barefooted, and with their clothes tied round their ankles.”
-The last and most skeptical committee reported that, “They
-had heard sounds, and failed utterly to discover their origin.
-They had proved that neither machinery nor imposture had
-been used; and their questions, <em>many of them being mental</em>,
-were answered correctly.” When we consider that the mediums
-were two children under twelve years of age, and the
-examiners utterly skeptical American citizens, thoroughly
-resolved to detect imposture, and urged on by excited public
-meetings, it may perhaps be considered that even at this early
-stage the question of imposture or delusion was pretty well
-settled in the negative.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In a short time persons who sat with the Misses Fox found
-themselves to have similar powers in a greater or less degree;
-and in two or three years the movement had spread over a
-large part of the United States, developing into a variety of
-strange forms, encountering the most violent skepticism and
-the most rancorous hostility, yet always progressing, and
-making converts even among the most enlightened and best
-educated classes. In 1851, some of the most intelligent men
-in New York—judges, senators, doctors, lawyers, merchants,
-clergymen and authors—formed themselves into a society for
-investigation. Judge Edmonds was one of these; and a
-sketch of the kind and amount of evidence that was required
-to convince him will be given further on. In 1854 a second
-spiritual society was formed in New York. It had the names
-of four judges and two physicians among its Vice-Presidents,
-showing that the movement had by this time become respectable,
-and that men in high social positions were not afraid of
-identifying themselves with it. A little later Professor Mapes,
-an eminent agricultural chemist, was led to undertake the investigation
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_13'>13</span>of Spiritualism. He formed a circle of twelve
-friends, most of them men of talent, and skeptics, who bound
-themselves to sit together weekly, with a medium, twenty
-times. For the first eighteen evenings the phenomena were
-so trivial and unsatisfactory that most of the party felt disgusted
-at the loss of time; but the last two sittings produced
-phenomena of so startling a character that the investigation
-was continued by the same circle <em>for four years, and all became
-Spiritualists</em>.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By this time the movement had spread into every part of
-the Union, and, notwithstanding that its adherents were
-abused as impostors or dupes, that they were in several cases
-expelled from colleges and churches and were confined as
-lunatics, and that the whole thing was “explained” over
-and over again—it has continued to spread up to the present
-hour. The secret of this appears to have been, that the explanations
-given never applied to the phenomena continually
-occurring, and of which there were numerous witnesses. A
-medium was raised in the air in a crowded room in full daylight.
-(“Modern American Spiritualism,” p. 279.) A scientific
-skeptic prepared a small portable apparatus, by which
-he could produce an instantaneous illumination; and, taking
-it to a dark séance at which numerous musical instruments
-were played, suddenly lighted up the room while a large
-drum was being violently beaten, in the certain expectation
-of revealing the impostor to the whole company. But what
-they all saw was the drumstick itself beating the drum, with
-no human being near it. It struck a few more blows, then
-rose into the air and descended gently on to the shoulder of
-a lady. (Same work, p. 337.) At Toronto, Canada, in a
-well-lighted room, an accompaniment to a song was played
-on a closed and locked piano. (Same work, p. 463.) Communications
-were given in raised letters on the arm of an ignorant
-servant girl, who often could not read them. They
-sometimes appeared while she was at her household work,
-and after being read by her master or mistress would disappear.
-(Same work, p. 196.) Letters closed in any number
-of envelopes, sealed up of even pasted together over the
-whole of the written surface, were read and answered by
-certain mediums in whom this special power was developed.
-It mattered not what language the letters were written in;
-and it is upon record that letters in German, Greek, Hebrew,
-Arabic, Chinese, French, Welsh and Mexican, have been correctly
-answered in the corresponding languages by a medium
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_14'>14</span>who knew none of them. (Judge Edmonds’s “Letters on
-Spiritualism,” pp. 59–103, Appendix.) Other mediums drew
-portraits of deceased persons whom they had never known
-or heard of. Others healed diseases. But those who helped
-most to spread the belief were, perhaps, the trance-speakers,
-who, in eloquent and powerful language, developed the principles
-and the uses of Spiritualism, answered objections,
-spread abroad a knowledge of the phenomena, and thus induced
-skeptics to inquire into the facts; and inquiry was almost
-invariably followed by conversion. Having repeatedly
-listened to three of these speakers who have visited this country,
-I can bear witness that they fully equal, and not unfrequently
-surpass our best orators and preachers; whether in
-finished eloquence, in close and logical argument, or in the
-readiness with which appropriate and convincing replies are
-made to all objectors. They are also remarkable for the perfect
-courtesy and suavity of their manner, and for the extreme
-patience and gentleness with which they meet the most
-violent opposition and the most unjust accusations.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Men of the highest rank and greatest ability became convinced
-by these varied phenomena. No amount of education,
-of legal, medical or scientific training, was proof against
-the overwhelming force of the facts, whenever these facts
-were systematically and perseveringly inquired into. The
-number of Spiritualists in the Union is, according to those
-who have the best means of judging, from eight to eleven millions.
-This is the estimate of Judge Edmonds, who has had
-extensive correspondence on the subject with every part of
-the United States. The Hon. R. D. Owen, who has also had
-great opportunities of knowing the facts, considers it to be
-approximately correct; and it is affirmed by the editors of
-the “Year-Book of Spiritualism” for 1871. These numbers
-have been held to be absurdly exaggerated by persons having
-less information, especially by strangers who have made superficial
-inquiries in America; but it must be remembered
-that the Spiritualists are to a very limited extent an organized
-body, and that the mass of them make no public profession
-of their belief, but still remain members of some denominational
-church—circumstances that would greatly deceive
-an outsider. Nevertheless, the organization is of considerable
-extent. There were in America, in 1870, 20 State Associations
-and 105 Societies of Spiritualists, 207 lecturers, and
-about the same number of public mediums.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In other parts of the world the movement has progressed
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_15'>15</span>more or less rapidly. Several of the more celebrated American
-mediums have visited this country, and not only made
-converts in all classes of society, but led to the formation of
-private circles and the discovery of mediumistic power in
-hundreds of families. There is scarcely a city or a considerable
-town in Continental Europe at the present moment
-where Spiritualists are not reckoned by hundreds, if not by
-thousands. There are said, on good authority, to be fifty
-thousand avowed Spiritualists in Paris and ten thousand in
-Lyons; and the numbers in England may be roughly estimated
-by the fact that there are four exclusively spiritual
-periodicals, one of which has a circulation of five thousand
-weekly.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c004'>DEDUCTIONS FROM THE PRECEDING SKETCH.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>Before proceeding to a statement of the evidence which has
-convinced the more educated and more skeptical converts, let
-us consider briefly the bearing of the undoubted fact, that (to
-keep within bounds) many thousands of well-informed men,
-belonging to all classes of society and all professions, have, in
-each of the great civilized nations of the world, acknowledged
-the objective reality of these phenomena; although, almost
-without exception, they at first viewed them with dislike or
-contempt, as impostures or delusions. There is nothing parallel
-to it in the history of human thought; because there
-never before existed so strong and apparently so well-founded
-a conviction that phenomena of this kind never have happened
-and never can happen. It is often said, that the number
-of adherents to a belief is no proof of its truth. This remark
-justly applies to most religions whose arguments appeal
-to the emotions and the intellect but not to the evidence of the
-senses. It is equally just as applied to a great part of modern
-science. The almost universal belief in gravitation, and in
-the undulatory theory of light, does not render them in any
-degree more probable; because very few indeed of the believers
-have tested the facts which most convincingly demonstrate
-those theories, or are able to follow out the reasoning by which
-they are demonstrated. It is for the most part a blind belief
-accepted upon authority. But with these spiritual phenomena
-the case is very different. They are to most men so new,
-so strange, so incredible, so opposed to their whole habit of
-thought, so apparently opposed to the pervading scientific
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_16'>16</span>spirit of the age, that they cannot and do not accept them on
-second-hand evidence, as they do almost every other kind of
-knowledge. The thousands or millions of Spiritualists, therefore,
-represent to a very large extent men who have witnessed,
-examined, and tested the evidence for themselves, over and
-over and over again, till that which they had at first been unable
-to admit <em>could</em> be true, they have at last been compelled
-to acknowledge <em>is</em> true. This accounts for the utter failure
-of all the attempted “exposures” and “explanations” to convince
-one solitary believer of his error. The exposers and
-explainers have never got beyond those first difficulties which
-constitute the <i><span lang="la" xml:lang="la">pons asinorum</span></i> of Spiritualism, which every believer
-has to get over, but at which early stage of investigation
-no converts are ever made. By explaining table-turning,
-or table-tilting, or raps, you do not influence a man who was
-never convinced by these, but who, in broad daylight, sees
-objects move without contact, and behave as if guided by intelligent
-beings; and who sees this in a variety of forms, in a
-variety of places, and under such varied and stringent conditions,
-as to make the fact to him just as real as the movement
-of iron to the magnet. By explaining automatic writing
-(which itself convinces no one but the writer, and not always
-even him), you do not affect the belief of the man who has obtained
-writing when neither pencil nor paper was touched by
-any one; or has seen a hand not attached to any human body
-take up a pencil and write; or; as Mr. Andrew Leighton, of
-Liverpool, testifies, has seen a pencil rise of itself on a table
-and write the words: “<em>And is this world of strife to end in
-dust at last?</em>” Thus it is that there are so few recantations or
-perverts in Spiritualism; so few, that it may be truly said
-there are none. After much inquiry and reading I can find
-no example of a man who, having acquired a good personal
-knowledge of all the chief phases of the phenomena, has subsequently
-come to disbelieve in their reality. If the “explanations”
-and “exposures” were good for anything, or if it
-were an imposture to expose or a delusion to explain, this
-could not be the case, because there are numbers of men who
-have become convinced of the facts, but who have not accepted
-the spiritual theory. These are, for the most part, in an
-uncomfortable and unsettled frame of mind, and would gladly
-welcome an explanation which really explained anything—but
-they find it not. As an eminent example of this class, I
-may mention Dr. J. Lockhart Robertson, long one of the editors
-of the Journal of Mental Science—a physician who, having
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_17'>17</span>made mental disease his special study, would not be easily
-taken in by any psychological delusions. The phenomena he
-witnessed fourteen years ago were of a violent character; a
-very strong table being, at his own request and in his own
-house, broken to pieces while he held the medium’s hands.
-He afterwards himself tried to break a remaining leg of the
-table, but failed to do so after exerting all his strength. Another
-table was tilted over while all the party sat on it. He
-subsequently had a sitting with Mr. Home, and witnessed the
-usual phenomena occurring with that extraordinary medium—such
-as the accordion playing “most wonderful music without
-any human agency,” “a shadow hand, not that of any
-one present, which lifts a pencil and writes with it,” &#38;c., &#38;c.;
-and he says that he can “no more doubt the physical manifestations
-of (so-called) Spiritualism than he would any other
-fact—as, for example, the fall of an apple to the ground of
-which his senses informed him.” His record of these phenomena,
-with the confirmation by a friend who was present,
-is published in the “Dialectical Society’s Report on Spiritualism,”
-p. 247; and, at a meeting of Spiritualists in 1870, he reasserted
-the facts, but denied their spiritual origin. To such
-a man the Quarterly Reviewer’s explanations are worthless;
-yet it may be safely said, that every advanced Spiritualist has
-seen more remarkable, more varied, and even more inexplicable
-phenomena than those recorded by Dr. Robertson, and is
-therefore still further out of reach of the arguments referred
-to, which are indeed only calculated to convince those who
-know little or nothing of the matter.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c004'>EVIDENCE OF THE FACTS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>The subject of the evidences of the objective phenomena of
-Spiritualism is such a large one that it will be only possible
-here to give a few typical examples, calculated to show how
-wide is their range, and how conclusively they reach every
-objection that the most skeptical have brought against them.
-This may perhaps be best done by giving, in the first place,
-an outline of the career of two or three well-known mediums;
-and, in the second, a sketch of the experiences and investigations
-of a few of the more remarkable converts to Spiritualism.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><em>Career of Remarkable Mediums.</em>—Miss Kate Fox, the little
-girl of nine years old, who, as already stated, was the first
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_18'>18</span>“medium” in the modern sense of the term, has continued
-to possess the same power for twenty-six years. At the very
-earliest stages of the movement, skeptic after skeptic, committee
-after committee endeavored to discover “the trick;”
-but if it was a trick this little girl baffled them all, and the
-proverbial acuteness of the Yankee was of no avail. In 1860,
-when Dr. Robert Chambers visited America, he suggested to
-his friend, Robert Dale Owen, the use of a balance to test the
-lifting power. They accordingly, without preärrangement
-with the medium, took with them a powerful steelyard, and
-suspended from it a dining-table weighing one hundred and
-twenty-one pounds. Then, under a bright gas-light, the feet
-of the two mediums (Miss Fox and her sister) being both
-touched by the feet of the gentlemen, and the hands of all
-present being held over but not touching the table, it was
-made lighter or heavier at request, so as to weigh at one time
-only sixty, at another one hundred and thirty-four pounds.
-This experiment, be it remembered, was identical with one
-proposed by Faraday himself as being conclusive. Mr. Owen
-had many sittings with Miss Fox, for the purpose of test, and
-the precautions he took were extraordinary. He sat with
-her alone; he frequently changed the room without notice; he
-examined every article of furniture; he locked the doors and
-fastened them with strips of paper privately sealed; he held
-both the hands of the medium. Under these conditions various
-phenomena occurred, the most remarkable being the illumination
-of a piece of paper (which he had brought himself,
-cut of a peculiar size, and privately marked,) showing a dark
-hand writing on the floor. The paper afterwards rose up on
-to the table with legible writing upon it, containing a promise
-which was subsequently verified. (“Debatable Land,” p.
-293.)</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But Miss Fox’s powers were most remarkably shown in the
-séances with Mr. Livermore, a well-known New York banker,
-and an entire skeptic before commencing these experiments.
-These sittings were more than three hundred in
-number, extending over five years. They took place in four
-different houses (Mr. Livermore’s and the medium’s being
-both changed during this period), under tests of the most
-rigid description. The chief phenomenon was the appearance
-of a tangible, visible and audible figure of Mr. Livermore’s
-deceased wife, sometimes accompanied by a male
-figure, purporting to be Dr. Franklin. The former figure
-was often most distinct and absolutely life-like. It moved
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_19'>19</span>various objects in the room. It wrote messages on cards. It
-was sometimes formed out of a luminous cloud, and again
-vanished before the eyes of the witnesses. It allowed a portion
-of its dress to be cut off, which, though at first of strong
-and apparently gauzy material texture, yet in a short time melted
-away and became invisible. Flowers which melted away
-were also given. These phenomena occurred best when Mr.
-L. and the medium were alone; but two witnesses were occasionally
-admitted, who tested everything and confirmed Mr.
-L.’s testimony. One of these was Mr. Livermore’s physician,
-the other his brother-in-law; the latter previously a skeptic.
-The details of these wonderful séances were published in the
-Spiritual Magazine in 1862 and 1863; and the more remarkable
-are given in Owen’s “Debatable Land,” from which
-work a good idea may be formed of the great variety of the
-phenomena that occurred and the stringent character of the
-tests employed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Miss Fox recently came to England, and here also her powers
-have been tested by a competent man of science, and
-found to be all that has been stated. She is now married to
-an English barrister, and some of the strange phenomena
-which have so long accompanied her attach themselves to
-her infant child, even when its mother is away, to the great
-alarm of the nurse. We have here, therefore, a career of
-twenty-six years of mediumship of the most varied and remarkable
-character; mediumship which has been scrutinized
-and tested from the first hour of its manifestation down to
-this day, and with one invariable result—that no imposture
-or attempt at imposture has ever been discovered, and no
-cause ever been suggested that will account for the phenomena
-except that advanced by Spiritualists.</p>
-
-<p class='c006'>Mr. Daniel D. Home is perhaps the best known medium in
-the world; and his powers have been open to examination
-for at least twenty years. Nineteen years ago Sir David
-Brewster and Lord Brougham had a sitting with him—sufficiently
-acute and eminent observers, and both, of course
-thorough skeptics. In the “Home Life of Sir David Brewster,”
-we have, fortunately, his own record of this sitting
-made <em>at the time</em>, although six months later, in a letter to the
-Morning Advertiser, he made the contradictory statement:
-“I saw enough to satisfy myself they could all be produced
-by human hands and feet.” He says: “The table actually
-rose from the ground when no hand was upon it;” and “a
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_20'>20</span>small hand-bell was laid down with its mouth on the carpet,
-and it actually rang when nothing could have touched it.
-The bell was then placed on the other side, still upon the carpet,
-and it came over to me and placed itself in my hand. It
-did the same to Lord Brougham.” And he adds, speaking for
-both, “We could give no explanation of them, and could not
-conjecture how they could be produced by any kind of
-mechanism.” Coming from the author of “Letters on Natural
-Magic,” this is pretty good testimony.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>These and far more marvelous phenomena have been repeated
-from that day to this many thousands of times, and
-almost always in private houses at which Mr. Home visits.
-Everybody testifies to the fact that he offers the most ample
-facilities for investigation; and to this I can myself bear witness,
-having been invited by him to examine as closely as I
-pleased an accordion, held by his one hand, keys downward,
-and in that position playing very sweetly. But perhaps the
-best-attested and most extraordinary phenomenon connected
-with Mr. Home’s mediumship is what is called the fire-test.
-In a state of trance he takes a glowing coal from the hottest
-part of a bright fire and carries it round the room, so that
-every one may see and feel that it is a real one. This is testified
-by Mr. H. D. Jencken, Lord Lindsay, Lord Adare, Miss
-Douglas, Mr. S. C. Hall, and many others. But, more strange
-still, when in this state he can detect the same power in other
-persons, or convey it to them. A lump of red-hot coal was
-once placed on Mr. S. C. Hall’s head in the presence of Lord
-Lindsay and four other persons. Mrs. Hall, in a communication
-to the Earl of Dunraven (given in the Spiritual Magazine,
-1870, p. 178), says:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“Mr. Hall was seated nearly opposite to where I sat; and
-I saw Mr. Home, after standing about half a minute at the
-back of Mr. Hall’s chair, deliberately place the lump of burning
-coal on his head! I have often wondered that I was not
-frightened, but I was not; I had perfect faith that he would
-not be injured. Some one said, ‘Is it not hot?’ Mr. Hall
-answered, ‘Warm, but not hot!’ Mr. Home had moved a
-little way, but returned, still in a trance; he smiled, and
-seemed quite pleased, and then proceeded to draw up Mr.
-Hall’s white hair over the red coal. The white hair had the
-appearance of silver thread over the red coal. Mr. Home
-drew the hair into a sort of pyramid, the coal, still red, showing
-beneath the hair.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When taken off the head—which it had not in the slightest
-degree injured or singed the hair—others attempted to touch
-it, and were burnt. Lord Lindsay and Miss Douglas have
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_21'>21</span>also had hot coals placed in their hands, and they describe
-them as feeling rather cold than hot; though at the same time
-they burn any one else, and even scorch the face of the holder
-if approached too closely. The same witnesses also testify
-that Mr. Home has placed red-hot coals inside his waistcoat
-without scorching his clothes, and has put his face into
-the middle of the fire, his hair falling into the flames, yet not
-being the least singed. The same power of resisting fire can
-be temporarily given to inanimate objects. Mr. H. Nisbet,
-of Glasgow, states (“Human Nature,” Feb., 1870) that, in
-his own house, in January, 1870, Mr. Home placed a red-hot
-coal in the hands of a lady and gentleman, which they only
-felt warm; and then placed the same piece on a folded newspaper,
-burning a hole through eight layers of paper. He then
-took a fresh and blazing coal and laid it on the same newspaper,
-carrying it about the room for three minutes, when
-the paper was found, this time, not to have been the least
-burnt. Lord Lindsay further declares—and as one of the few
-noblemen who do real scientific work his evidence must be of
-some value—that on eight occasions he has had red-hot coals
-placed on his own hand by Home without injury. Mr. W.
-H. Harrison (“Spiritualist,” March 15th, 1870) saw him take
-a large coal, which covered the palm of his hand, and stood
-six or seven inches high. As he walked about the room it
-threw a ruddy glow on the walls, and when he came to the
-table with it, the heat was felt in the faces of all present.
-The coal was thus held for five minutes. These phenomena
-have now happened scores of times in the presence of scores
-of witnesses. They are facts, of the reality of which there
-can be no doubt; and they are altogether inexplicable by the
-known laws of physiology and heat.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The powers of Mr. Home have lately been independently
-tested by Serjeant Cox and Mr. Crookes, and both these gentlemen
-emphatically proclaim that he invites tests and courts
-examination. Serjeant Cox, in his own house, has had a new
-accordion (purchased by himself that very day) play by itself,
-in his own hand, while Mr. Home was playing the piano.
-Mr. Home then took the accordion in his left hand, holding it
-with the keys downwards while playing the piano with his
-right hand, “and it played beautifully in accompaniment to
-the piano, for at least a quarter of an hour.” (“What Am
-I?” Vol. II., p. 388.)</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>As to the possibility of these things being produced by
-trick, if further evidence than their mere statement be required,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_22'>22</span>we have the following by Mr. T. Adolphus Trollope,
-who says, “I may also mention that Bosco, one of the greatest
-professors of legerdemain ever known, in a conversation
-with me upon the subject, utterly scouted the idea of the possibility
-of such phenomena as I saw produced by Mr. Home
-being performed by any of the resources of his art.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Mr. Home’s life has been to a great extent a public one.
-He has spent much of his time as a guest in the houses of
-people of rank and talent. He numbers among his friends
-many who are eminent in science, art, and literature—men
-certainly not inferior in perceptive or reasoning power to
-those who, not having witnessed the phenomena, disbelieve
-in their occurrence. For twenty years he has been exposed
-to the keen scrutiny and never-ceasing suspicion of innumerable
-inquirers; yet no proof has ever been given of trickery,
-no particle of machinery or apparatus ever been detected.
-But the phenomena are so stupendous that, if impostures,
-they could only be performed by machinery of the most elaborate,
-varied and cumbrous nature, requiring the aid of several
-assistants and confederates. The theory that they are
-delusions is equally untenable, unless it is admitted that there
-is no possible means of distinguishing delusion from reality.</p>
-
-<p class='c006'>The last medium to whose career I shall call attention is
-Mrs. Guppy (formerly Miss Nichol), and in this case I can
-give some personal testimony. I knew Miss Nichol before
-she had ever heard of Spiritualism, table-rapping, or anything
-of the kind, and we first discovered her powers on asking her
-to sit for experiment in my house. This was in November,
-1866, and for some months we had constant sittings, and I
-was able to watch and test the progress of her development.
-I first satisfied myself of the rising of a small table completely
-off the floor, when three or four persons (including Miss
-N.) placed their hands on it. I tested this by secretly attaching
-threads or thin strips of paper underneath the claws, so
-that they must be broken if any one attempted to raise the table
-with their feet, the only available means of doing so. The
-table still rose a full foot off the floor in broad daylight. In
-order to show this to friends with less trouble, I made a cylinder
-of hoops and brown paper, in which I placed the table so
-as to keep feet and dresses away from it while it rose, which
-it did as freely as before. Perhaps more marvelous was the
-placing of Miss N. herself on the table; for although this always
-happened in the dark, yet, under the conditions to be
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_23'>23</span>named, deception was impossible. I will relate one sitting of
-which I have notes. We sat in a friend’s house, round a centre
-table, under a glass chandelier. A friend of mine, but a
-perfect stranger to all the rest, sat next Miss Nichol and held
-both her hands. Another person had matches ready to strike
-a light when required. What occurred was as follows: First,
-Miss Nichol’s chair was drawn away from under her, and she
-was obliged to stand up, my friend still holding both her
-hands. In a minute or two more I heard a slight sound, such
-as might be produced by a person placing a wine-glass on the
-table, and at the same time a very slight rustling of clothes
-and tinkling of the glass pendants of the chandelier. Immediately
-my friend said, “She is gone from me.” A light was
-at once struck, and we found Miss N. quietly seated in her
-chair on the centre of the table, her head just touching the
-chandelier. My friend declared that Miss N. seemed to glide
-noiselessly out of his hands. She was very stout and heavy,
-and to get her chair on the table, to get upon it herself, in the
-dark, noiselessly, and almost instantaneously, with five or six
-persons close around her, appeared, and still appears to me,
-knowing her intimately, to be physically impossible.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Another very curious and beautiful phenomenon was the
-production of delicate musical sounds, without any object calculated
-to produce them being in the room. On one occasion
-a German lady, who was a perfect stranger to Miss Nichol,
-and had never been at a séance before, was present. She
-sang several German songs, and most delicate music, like a
-fairy musical-box, accompanied her throughout. She sang
-four or five different songs of her own choice, and all were so
-accompanied. This was in the dark, but hands were joined
-all the time.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The most remarkable feature of this lady’s mediumship is
-the production of flowers and fruits in closed rooms. The
-first time this occurred was at my own house at a very early
-stage of her development. All present were my own friends.
-Miss Nichol had come early to tea, it being mid-winter, and
-she had been with us in a very warm gas-lighted room four
-hours before the flowers appeared. The essential fact is, that
-upon a bare table in a small room closed and dark (the adjoining
-room and passage being well lighted), a quantity of
-flowers appeared, which were not there when we put out the
-gas a few minutes before. They consisted of anemones, tulips,
-chrysanthemums, Chinese primroses, and several ferns.
-All were absolutely fresh, as if just gathered from a conservatory.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_24'>24</span>They were covered with a fine, cold dew. Not a
-petal was crumpled or broken, not the most delicate point or
-pinnule of the ferns was out of place. I dried and preserved
-the whole, and have, attached to them, the attestation of all
-present that they had no share, as far as they knew, in bringing
-the flowers into the room. I believed at the time, and
-still believe, that it was absolutely impossible for Miss N. to
-have concealed them so long, to have kept them so perfect, and,
-above all, to produce them covered throughout with a most
-beautiful coating of dew, just like that which collects on the
-outside of a tumbler when filled with very cold water on a
-hot day.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Similar phenomena have occurred hundreds of times since,
-in many houses and under various conditions. Sometimes
-the flowers have been in vast quantities, heaped upon the table.
-Often flowers or fruits asked for are brought. A friend
-of mine asked for a sunflower, and one six feet high fell upon
-the table, having a large mass of earth about its roots. One
-of the most striking tests was at Florence, with Mr. T. Adolphus
-Trollope, Mrs. Trollope, Miss Blagden, and Colonel
-Harvey. The room was searched by the gentlemen; Mrs.
-Guppy was undressed and redressed by Mrs. Trollope, every
-article of her clothing being examined. Mr. and Mrs. Guppy
-were both firmly held while at the table. In about ten minutes
-all the party exclaimed that they smelt flowers, and, on
-lighting a candle, both Mrs. Guppy’s and Mr. Trollope’s arms
-were found covered with jonquils, which filled the room with
-their odor. Mr. Guppy and Mr. Trollope both relate this in
-substantially the same terms. (“Dialectical Society’s Report
-on Spiritualism,” pp. 277 and 372.)</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Surely these are phenomena about which there can be no
-mistake. What theories have ever been proposed by our scientific
-teachers which even attempt to account for them?
-Delusion it cannot be, for the flowers are real and can be preserved,
-and imposture under the conditions described is even
-less credible. If the gentlemen who came forward to enlighten
-the public on the subject of “so-called spiritual manifestations”
-do not know of the various classes of phenomena that
-have now been indicated, and the weight of the testimony in
-support of them, they are palpably unqualified for the task
-they have undertaken. That they do know of them, but keep
-back their knowledge, while putting forward trivialities easy
-to laugh at or expose, is a supposition I cannot for a moment
-entertain. Before leaving this part of the subject, it is well to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_25'>25</span>note the fact of the marked individuality of each medium.
-They are not copies of each other, but each one develops a
-characteristic set of phenomena—a fact highly suggestive of
-some unconscious occult power in the individual, and wholly
-opposed to the idea of either imposture or delusion, both of
-which almost invariably copy preëxisting models.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><em>Investigations by some Notable Skeptics.</em>—In giving some account
-of how a few of the more important converts to Spiritualism
-became convinced, we are of course limited to those
-who have given their experiences to the public. I will first
-take the case of the eminent American lawyer, the Hon. J. W.
-Edmonds, commonly called Judge Edmonds; and it may be
-as well to let English skeptics know what he is thought of by
-his countrymen. When he first became a Spiritualist he was
-greatly abused; and it was even declared that he consulted
-the spirits on his judicial decisions. To defend himself, he
-published an “Appeal to the Public,” giving a full account
-of the inquiries which resulted in his conversion. In noticing
-this, the New York Evening Mirror said: “John W. Edmonds,
-the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of this District,
-is an able lawyer, an industrious judge and a good citizen.
-For the last eight years occupying without interruption
-the highest judicial stations, whatever may be his faults no
-one can justly accuse him of a lack of ability, industry, honesty
-or fearlessness. No one can doubt his general saneness,
-or can believe for a moment that the ordinary operations of
-his mind are not as rapid, accurate and reliable as ever. Both
-by the practitioners and suitors at his bar he is recognized as
-the head, in fact and in merit, of the Supreme Court for this
-District.” A few years later he published a series of letters
-on Spiritualism in the New York Tribune; and in the first of
-these he gives a compact summary of his mode of investigation,
-from which the following passages are extracted. It
-must be remembered that at the time he commenced the inquiry
-he was in the prime and vigor of intellectual life, being
-fifty-two years of age:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“It was in January, 1851, that I first began my investigations,
-and it was not until April, 1853, that I became a firm
-believer in the reality of spiritual intercourse. During twenty-three
-months of those twenty-seven, I witnessed several
-hundred manifestations in various forms. I kept very minute
-and careful records of many of them. My practice was,
-whenever I attended a circle, to keep in pencil a memorandum
-of all that took place, so far as I could, and, as soon as I
-returned home, to write out a full account of what I had witnessed.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_26'>26</span>I did all this with as much minuteness and particularity
-as I had ever kept any record of a trial before me in
-court. In this way, during that period, I preserved the record
-of nearly two hundred interviews, running through some one
-thousand six hundred pages of manuscript. I had these interviews
-with many different mediums, and under an infinite
-variety of circumstances. No two interviews were alike.
-There was always something new, or something different from
-what had previously occurred; and it very seldom happened
-that only the same persons were present. The manifestations
-were of almost every known form, physical or mental; sometimes
-only one, and sometimes both combined.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“I resorted to every expedient I could devise to detect imposture
-and to guard against delusion. I felt in myself, and
-saw in others, how exciting was the idea that we were actually
-communing with the dead; and I labored to prevent
-any undue bias of my judgment. I was at times critical and
-captious to an unreasonable extreme; and when my belief
-was challenged, as it was over and over again, I refused to
-yield, except to evidence that would leave no possible room
-for cavil.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“I was severely exacting in my demands, and this would frequently
-happen. I would go to a circle with some doubt on
-my mind as to the manifestations at the previous circle, and
-something would happen aimed directly at that doubt, and
-completely overthrowing it as it then seemed, so that I had
-no longer any reason to doubt. But I would go home and
-write out carefully my minutes of the evening, cogitate over
-them for several days, compare them with previous records,
-and finally find some loophole—some possibility that it might
-have been something else than spiritual influence, and I would
-go to the next circle with a new doubt, and a new set of
-queries.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“I look back sometimes now, with a smile, at the ingenuity
-I wasted in devising ways and means to avoid the possibility
-of deception.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“It was a remarkable feature of my investigations that every
-conceivable objection I could raise was, first or last, met and
-answered.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The following extracts are from the “Appeal”:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“I have seen a mahogany table, having a centre leg, and
-with a lamp burning upon it, lifted from the floor at least a
-foot, in spite of the efforts of those present, and shaken backward
-and forward as one would shake a goblet in his hand,
-and the lamp retain its place, though its glass pendants rang
-again.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“I have known a mahogany chair thrown on its side and
-moved swiftly back and forth on the floor, no one touching it,
-through a room where there were at least a dozen people sitting,
-yet no one was touched; and it was repeatedly stopped
-within a few inches of me, when it was coming with a violence
-which, if not arrested, must have broken my legs.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Having satisfied himself of the reality of the physical phenomena,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_27'>27</span>he came to the question of whence comes the intelligence
-that was so remarkably connected with them. He
-says:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“Preparatory to meeting a circle, I have sat down alone in
-my room, and carefully prepared a series of questions to be
-propounded, and I have been surprised to find my questions
-answered, and in the precise order in which I wrote them,
-without my even taking my memorandum out of my pocket,
-and when not a person present knew that I had prepared
-questions, much less what they were. My most secret
-thoughts, those which I have never uttered to mortal
-man or woman, have been freely spoken to as if I had uttered
-them; and I have been admonished that my every thought
-was known to, and could be disclosed by, the intelligence
-which was thus manifesting itself.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“Still the question occurred, ‘May not all this have been,
-by some mysterious operation, the mere reflex of the mind of
-some one present?’ The answer was, that facts were communicated
-which were unknown then, but afterwards found
-to be true; like this, for instance: when I was absent last
-winter in Central America, my friends in town heard of my
-whereabouts and of the state of my health several times; and
-on my return, by comparing their information with the entries
-in my journal, it was found to be invariably correct.
-So thoughts have been uttered on subjects not then in my
-mind and utterly at variance with my own notions. This
-has often happened to me and to others, so as fully to establish
-the fact that it was not our minds that gave forth or affected
-the communication.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>These few extracts sufficiently show that the writer was
-aware of the possible sources of error in such an inquiry;
-and the details given in the letters prove that he was constantly
-on his guard against them. He himself and his
-daughter became mediums; so that he afterwards obtained
-personal confirmation of many of the phenomena by himself
-alone. But all the phenomena referred to in the letters and
-“Appeal” occurred to him in the presence of others, who
-testified to them as well, and thus removed the possibility
-that the phenomena were subjective.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>We have yet to add a notice of what will be perhaps, to
-many persons, the most startling and convincing of all the
-Judge’s experiences. His own daughter became a medium
-for speaking foreign languages of which she was totally ignorant.
-He says: “She knows no language but her own,
-and a little smattering of boarding-school French; yet she
-has spoken in nine or ten different tongues, often for an hour
-at a time, with the ease and fluency of a native. It is not unfrequent
-that foreigners converse with their spirit-friends
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_28'>28</span>through her in their own language.” One of these cases
-must be given:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“One evening, when some twelve or fifteen persons were
-in my parlor, Mr. E. D. Green, an artist of this city, was
-shown in, accompanied by a gentleman whom he introduced
-as Mr. Evangelides, of Greece. Ere long a spirit spoke to
-him through Laura, in English, and said so many things to
-him that he identified him as a friend who had died at his
-house a few years before, but of whom none of us had ever
-heard. Occasionally, through Laura, the spirit would speak
-a word or a sentence in Greek, until Mr. E. inquired if he
-could be understood if he spoke Greek? The residue of
-the conversation for more than an hour was, on his part,
-entirely in Greek, and on hers sometimes in Greek and
-sometimes in English. At times Laura would not understand
-what was the idea conveyed either by her or him.
-At other times she would understand him, though he spoke
-in Greek, and herself while uttering Greek words.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Several other cases are mentioned, and it is stated that this
-lady has spoken Spanish, French, Greek, Italian, Portuguese,
-Latin, Hungarian and Indian; and other languages which
-were unknown to any person present.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This is by no means an isolated case, but it is given as being
-on most unexceptionable authority. A man must know
-whether his own daughter has learnt, so as to speak fluently,
-eight languages besides her own, or not. Those who carry
-on the conversation must know whether the language is
-spoken or not; and in several cases—as the Latin, Spanish,
-and Indian—the Judge himself understood the language.
-And the phenomenon is connected with Spiritualism by the
-speaking being in the name of, and purporting to come from,
-some deceased person, and the subject matter being characteristic
-of that person. Such a case as this, which has been
-published sixteen years, ought to have been noticed and explained
-by those who profess to enlighten the public on the
-subject of Spiritualism.</p>
-
-<p class='c006'>Our next example is one of the most recent, but at the same
-time one of the most useful, converts to the truths of Spiritualism.
-Dr. George Sexton, M. D., M. A., L. L. D., was for
-many years the coadjutor of Mr. Bradlaugh, and one of the
-most earnest and energetic of the secularist teachers. The
-celebrated Robert Owen first called his attention to the subject
-of Spiritualism about twenty years ago. He read books,
-he saw a good deal of the ordinary physical manifestations,
-but he always “suspected that the mediums played tricks,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_29'>29</span>and that the whole affair was nothing but clever conjuring
-by means of concealed machinery.” He gave several lectures
-against Spiritualism in the usual style of non-believers,
-dwelling much on the absurdity and triviality of the phenomena,
-and ridiculing the idea that they were the work of spirits.
-Then came another old friend and fellow-secularist, Mr. Turley,
-who, after investigating the subject for the purpose of
-exposing it, became a firm believer. Dr. Sexton laughed at
-this conversion, yet it made a deep impression on his mind.
-Ten years passed away, and his next important investigation
-was with the Davenport brothers; and it will be well for
-those who sneer at these much-abused young men to take
-note of the following account of Dr. Sexton’s proceedings
-with them, and especially of the fact that they cheerfully submitted
-to every test the doctor suggested. He tells us (in
-his lecture, “How I became a Spiritualist,”) that he visited
-them again and again, trying in vain to find out the trick.
-Then, he says—</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“My partner—Dr. Barker—and I invited the Brothers to
-our houses, and, in order to guard against anything like
-trickery, we requested them not to bring any ropes, instruments,
-or other apparatus; all these we ourselves had determined
-to supply. Moreover, as there were four of them, viz.,
-the two Brothers Davenport, Mr. Fay, and Dr. Ferguson,
-we suspected that the two who were not tied might really do
-all that was done. We therefore requested only two to come.
-They unhesitatingly complied with all these requests.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“We formed a circle, consisting entirely of members of our
-own families and a few private friends, with the one bare
-exception of Mrs. Fay. In the circle we all joined hands,
-and as Mrs. Fay sat at one end she had one of her hands
-free, while I had hold of the other. Thinking that she might
-be able to assist with the hand that was thus free, I asked, as
-a favor, that I might be allowed to hold both her hands—a
-proposition which she at once agreed to. Now, without entering
-here at all into what took place, suffice it to say that
-we bound the mediums with our own ropes, placed their feet
-upon sheets of writing paper, and drew lines around their
-boots, so that if they moved their feet it should be impossible
-for them to place them again in the same position; we laid
-pence on their toes, sealed the ropes, and in every way took
-precautions against their moving. On the occasion to which
-I now refer, Mr. Bradlaugh and Mr. Charles Watts were present;
-and when Mr. Fay’s coat had been taken off, the ropes
-still remaining on his hands, Mr. Bradlaugh requested that
-his coat might be placed on Mr. Fay, which was immediately
-done, the ropes still remaining fastened. We got, on this occasion,
-all the phenomena that usually occurred in the presence
-of these extraordinary men, particulars of which I shall
-probably give on another occasion. Dr. Barker became a believer
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_30'>30</span>in Spiritualism from the time that the Brothers visited
-at his house. I did not see that any proof had been given
-that disembodied spirits had any hand in producing the phenomena;
-but I was convinced that no tricks had been played,
-and that, therefore, these extraordinary physical manifestations
-were the result of some occult force in Nature which I
-had no means of explaining in the present state of my knowledge.
-All the physical phenomena that I had seen now became
-clear to me; they were not accomplished by trickery, as
-I had formerly supposed, but were the result of some undiscovered
-law of Nature, which it was the business of the man
-of science to use his utmost endeavors to discover.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>While he was maintaining this ground, Spiritualists often
-asked him how he explained the intelligence that was manifested;
-and he invariably replied that he had not yet seen
-proofs of any intelligence other than what might be that of
-the medium or of some other persons present in the circle,
-adding, that as soon as he did see proofs of such intelligence
-he should become a Spiritualist. In this position he stood for
-many years, till he naturally believed he should never see
-cause to change his opinion. He continued the inquiry, however,
-and in 1865 began to hold séances at home; but it was
-years before any mental phenomena occurred which were absolutely
-conclusive, although they were often of so startling
-a nature as would have satisfied any one less skeptical. At
-length, after fifteen years of enlightened skepticism—a skepticism
-not founded upon ignorance, but which refused to go
-one step beyond what the facts so diligently pursued absolutely
-demonstrated—the needful evidence came:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“The proofs that I did ultimately receive are, many of
-them, of a character that I cannot describe minutely to a
-public audience, nor indeed have I time to do so. Suffice it
-to say, that I got in my own house, in the absence of all mediums
-other than those members of my own family and intimate
-private friends in whom mediumistic powers became
-developed, evidence of an irresistible character that the communications
-came from deceased friends and relatives. Intelligence
-was again and again displayed which could not
-possibly have had any other origin than that which it professed
-to have. Facts were named known to no one in the
-circle, and left to be verified afterwards. The identity of the
-spirits communicating was proved in a hundred different
-ways. Our dear departed ones made themselves palpable
-both to feeling and to sight; and the doctrine of spirit-communion
-was proved beyond the shadow of a doubt. I soon
-found myself in the position of Dr. Fenwick in Lord Lytton’s
-‘Strange Story.’ ‘Do you believe,’ asked the female attendant
-of Margrave, ‘in that which you seek?’ ‘I have
-no belief,’ was the answer. ‘True science has none; true
-science questions all things, and takes nothing on credit. It
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_31'>31</span>knows but three states of mind—denial, conviction, and the
-vast interval between the two, which is not belief, but the
-suspension of judgment.’ This describes exactly the phases
-through which my mind has passed.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Since Dr. Sexton has become a Spiritualist he has been as
-energetic an advocate for its truths as he had been before for
-the negations of secularism. His experience and ability as a
-lecturer, with his long schooling in every form of manifestation,
-render him one of the most valuable promulgators of its
-teachings. He has also done excellent service in exposing
-the pretensions of those conjurers who profess to expose
-Spiritualism. This he does in the most practical way, not
-only by explaining how the professed imitations of spiritual
-manifestations are performed, but by actually performing
-them before his audience; and at the same time pointing out
-the important differences between what these people do and
-what occurs at good séances. Any one who wishes to comprehend
-how Dr. Lynn, Messrs. Maskelyne and Cook, and
-Herr Dobler perform some of their most curious feats have
-only to read his lecture, entitled, “Spirit Mediums and Conjurers,”
-before going to witness their entertainments. We
-can hardly believe that the man who does this, and who during
-fifteen years of observation and experiment held out
-against the spiritual theory, is one of those who, as Lord Amberley
-tells us, “fall a victim to the most patent frauds, and
-are imposed upon by jugglery of the most vulgar order”; or
-who, as viewed from Prof. Tyndall’s high scientific standpoint,
-are in a frame of mind before which science is utterly
-powerless—“dupes beyond the reach of proof, who like to
-believe and do not like to be undeceived.” These be brave
-words; but we leave our readers to judge whether they come
-with a very good grace from men who have the most slender
-and inadequate knowledge of the subject they are criticising,
-and no knowledge at all of the long-continued and conscientious
-investigations of many who are included in their wholesale
-animadversions.</p>
-
-<p class='c006'>Yet one more witness to these marvelous phenomena we
-must bring before our readers—a trained and experienced
-physicist, who has experimented in his own laboratory, and
-has applied tests and measurements of the most rigid and conclusive
-character. When Mr. Crookes—the discoverer of the
-metal thallium, and a Fellow of the Royal Society—first announced
-that he was going to investigate so-called spiritual
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_32'>32</span>phenomena, many public writers were all approval; for the
-complaint had long been that men of science were not permitted
-by mediums to inquire too scrupulously into the facts.
-One expressed “profound satisfaction that the subject was
-about to be investigated by a man so well qualified”; another
-was “gratified to learn that the matter is now receiving
-the attention of cool and clear headed men of recognized position
-in science”; while a third declared that “no one could
-doubt Mr. Crookes’s ability to conduct the investigation with
-rigid philosophical impartiality.” But these expressions were
-evidently insincere, and were only meant to apply in case
-the result was in accordance with the writers’ notions of what
-it ought to be. Of course, a “scientific investigation” would
-explode the whole thing. Had not Faraday exploded table-turning?
-They hailed Mr. Crookes as the Daniel come to
-judgment—as the prophet who would curse their enemy,
-Spiritualism, by detecting imposture and illusion. But when
-the judge, after a patient trial lasting several years, decided
-against them, and their accepted prophet blessed the hated
-thing as an undoubted truth, their tone changed; and they
-began to suspect the judge’s ability, and to pick holes in the
-evidence on which he founded his judgment.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In Mr. Crookes’s latest paper, published in the Quarterly
-Journal of Science for January last, we are informed that he
-has pursued the inquiry for four years; and besides attending
-séances elsewhere, has had the opportunity of making numerous
-experiments in his own house with the two remarkable
-mediums already referred to, Mr. D. D. Home and Miss
-Kate Fox. These experiments were almost exclusively made
-in the light, under conditions of his own arranging, and with
-his own friends as witnesses. Such phenomena as percussive
-sounds; alteration of the weight of bodies; the rising of
-heavy bodies in the air without contact by any one; the levitation
-of human beings; luminous appearances of various
-kinds; the appearance of hands which lift small objects, yet
-are not the hands of any one present; direct writing, by a
-luminous detached hand or by the pencil alone; phantom
-forms and faces; and various mental phenomena—have all
-been tested so variously and so repeatedly that Mr. Crookes
-is thoroughly satisfied of their objective reality. These phenomena
-are given in outline in the paper above referred to,
-and they will be detailed in full in a volume now preparing.
-I will not, therefore, weary my readers by repeating them
-here, but will remark, that these experiments have a weight
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_33'>33</span>as evidence vastly greater than would be due to them as resting
-on the testimony of any man of science, however distinguished,
-because they are, in almost every case, confirmations
-of what previous witnesses in immense numbers have testified
-to, in various places, and under various conditions, during
-the last twenty years. In every other experimental inquiry,
-without exception, confirmation of the facts of an earlier observer
-is held to add so greatly to their value, that no one
-treats them with the same incredulity with which he might
-have received them the first time they were announced. And
-when the confirmation has been repeated by three or four independent
-observers under favorable conditions, and there is
-nothing but theory or negative evidence against them, the
-facts are admitted—at least provisionally, and until disproved
-by a greater weight of evidence or by discovering the exact
-source of the fallacy of preceding observers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But here, a totally different—a most unreasonable and a
-most unphilosophical—course is pursued. Each fresh observation,
-confirming previous evidence, is treated as though it
-were now put forth for the <em>first</em> time; and fresh confirmation
-is asked of it. And when this fresh and independent confirmation
-comes, yet more confirmation is asked for, and so on
-without end. This is a very clever way to ignore and stifle a
-new truth; but the facts of Spiritualism are ubiquitous in
-their occurrence and of so indisputable a nature, as to compel
-conviction in every earnest inquirer. It thus happens that
-although every fresh convert requires a large proportion of
-the series of demonstrative facts to be reproduced before he
-will give his assent to them, the number of such converts has
-gone on steadily increasing for a quarter of a century. Clergymen
-of all sects, literary men and lawyers, physicians in
-large numbers, men of science not a few, secularists, philosophical
-skeptics, pure materialists, all have become converts
-through the overwhelming logic of the phenomena which
-Spiritualism has brought before them. And what have we
-<i><span lang="la" xml:lang="la">per contra</span></i>? Neither science nor philosophy, neither skepticism
-nor religion, has ever yet in this quarter of a century
-made one single convert from the ranks of Spiritualism! This
-being the case, and fully appreciating the amount of candor
-and fairness, and knowledge of the subject, that has been exhibited
-by their opponents, is it to be wondered at that a large
-proportion of Spiritualists are now profoundly indifferent to
-the opinion of men of science, and would not go one step out
-of their way to convince them? They say, that the movement
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_34'>34</span>is going on quite fast enough; that it is spreading
-by its own inherent force of truth, and slowly permeating all
-classes of society. It has thriven in spite of abuse and persecution,
-ridicule and argument, and will continue to thrive
-whether endorsed by great names or not. Men of science,
-like all others, are welcome to enter its ranks; but they must
-satisfy themselves by their own persevering researches, not
-expect to have its proofs laid before them. Their rejection of its
-truths is their own loss, but cannot in the slightest degree affect
-the progress of Spiritualism. The attacks and criticisms of
-the press are borne good-humoredly, and seldom excite other
-feelings than pity for the willful ignorance and contempt for
-the overwhelming presumption of their writers. Such are the
-sentiments that are continually expressed by Spiritualists;
-and it is as well, perhaps, that the outer world, to whom the
-literature of the movement is as much unknown as the Vedas,
-should be made acquainted with them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><em>Investigation by the Dialectical Committee.</em>—There are many
-other investigators who ought to be noticed in any complete
-sketch of the subject, but we have now only space to allude
-briefly to the “Report of the Committee of the Dialectical
-Society.” Of this committee, consisting of thirty-three acting
-members, only eight were, at the commencement, believers
-in the reality of the phenomena, while not more than four
-accepted the spiritual theory. During the course of the inquiry
-at least twelve of the complete skeptics became convinced
-of the reality of many of the physical phenomena
-through attending the experimental sub-committees, and almost
-wholly by means of the mediumship of members of the
-committee. At least three members who were previously
-skeptics pursued their investigations outside the committee
-meetings, and in consequence have become thorough Spiritualists.
-My own observation as a member of the committee
-and of the largest and most active sub-committee, enables me
-to state that the degree of conviction produced in the minds
-of the various members was, allowing for marked differences
-of character, approximately proportionate to the amount of
-time and care bestowed on the investigation. This fact,
-which is what occurs in all investigations into these phenomena,
-is a characteristic result of the examination into any
-natural phenomena. The examination into an imposture or
-delusion has, invariably, exactly opposite results: those who
-have slender experience being deceived, while those who perseveringly
-continue the inquiry inevitably find out the source
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_35'>35</span>of the deception or the delusion. If this were not so, the
-discovery of truth and the detection of error would be alike
-impossible. The result of this inquiry on the members of
-the committee themselves is, therefore, of more importance
-than the actual phenomena they witnessed, since these were
-far less striking than many of the facts already mentioned.
-But they are also of importance as confirming, by a body of
-intelligent and unprejudiced men, the results obtained by
-previous individual inquirers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Before leaving this report, I must call attention to the evidence
-it furnishes of the state of opinion among men of education
-in France. M. Camille Flammarion, the well-known
-astronomer, sent a communication to the committee which
-deserves special consideration. Besides declaring his own acceptance
-of the objective reality of the phenomena after ten
-years of investigation, he makes the following statement:</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“My learned teacher and friend, M. Babinet, of the Institute,
-who has endeavored, with M. E. Liais (now Director of
-the Observatory of Brazil), and several others of my colleagues
-of the Observatory of Paris, to ascertain their nature
-and cause, is not fully convinced of the intervention of
-spirits in their production; though this hypothesis, by which
-alone certain categories of these phenomena would seem to
-be explicable, has been adopted by many of our most esteemed
-<em>savants</em>, among others by Dr. Hœffle, the learned author
-of the ‘History of Chemistry,’ and the ‘General Encyclopædia’;
-and by the diligent laborer in the field of astronomic
-discovery whose death we have recently had to deplore,
-M. Hermann Goldschmidt, the discoverer of fourteen planets.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It thus appears that in France, as well as in America and
-in this country, men of science of no mean rank have investigated
-these phenomena and have found them to be realities;
-while some of the most eminent hold the spiritual theory to
-be the only one that will explain them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This seems the proper place to notice the astounding assertion
-of certain writers, that there is not “a particle of evidence”
-to support the spiritual theory; that those who accept
-it betray “hopeless inability to discriminate between
-adequate and inadequate proof of facts”; that the theory is
-“formed apart from facts”; and that those who accept it are
-so unable to reason as to “jump to the conclusion” that it
-must be spirits that move tables, merely because they do not
-know how else they can be moved. The preceding account
-of how converts to Spiritualism have been made is a sufficient
-answer to all this ignorant assertion. The spiritual theory,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_36'>36</span>as a rule, has only been adopted as a last resource, when all
-other theories have hopelessly broken down; and when fact
-after fact, phenomenon after phenomenon, has presented
-itself, giving direct proof that the so-called dead are still
-alive. The spiritual theory is the logical outcome of the
-whole of the facts. Those who deny it, in every instance
-with which I am acquainted, either from ignorance or disbelief,
-leave half the facts out of view. Take the one case
-(out of many almost equally conclusive) of Mr. Livermore,
-who, during five years, on hundreds of occasions, saw, felt
-and heard the movements of the figure of his dead wife in
-absolute, unmistakable, living form—a form which could
-move objects, and which repeatedly wrote to him in her
-own handwriting and her own language, on cards which remained
-after the figure had disappeared; a form which was
-equally visible and tangible to two friends; which appeared
-in his own house, in a room absolutely secured, with
-the presence of only a young girl, the medium. Had these
-three men “not a particle of evidence” for the spiritual theory?
-Is it, in fact, possible to conceive or suggest any more
-complete proof? The facts must be got rid of before you can
-abolish the theory; and simple denial or disbelief does not
-get rid of facts testified during a space of five years by three
-witnesses, all men in responsible positions, and carrying on
-their affairs during the whole period in a manner to win the
-respect and confidence of their fellow-citizens.<a id='r3'></a><a href='#f3' class='c008'><sup>[3]</sup></a></p>
-
-<div class='footnote' id='f3'>
-<p class='c007'><a href='#r3'>3</a>. The objection will here inevitably be made: “These wonderful things
-always happen in America. When they occur in England it will be time
-enough to inquire into them.” Singularly enough, after this article was
-in the press the final test was obtained, which demonstrated the occurrence
-of similar phenomena in London. A short statement may, therefore,
-be interesting for those who cannot digest American evidence. For
-some years a young lady, Miss Florence Cook, has exhibited remarkable
-mediumship, which latterly culminated in the production of an entire female
-form purporting to be spiritual, and which appeared barefooted and
-in white flowing robes while she lay entranced, in dark clothing and securely
-bound, in a cabinet or adjacent room. Notwithstanding that tests
-of an apparently conclusive character were employed, many visitors,
-Spiritualists as well as skeptics, got the impression that all was not as it
-should be; owing, in part, to the resemblance of the supposed spirit to
-Miss Cook, and also to the fact that the two could not be seen at the same
-time. Some supposed that Miss C. was an impostor, who managed to conceal
-a white robe about her (although she was often searched), and who,
-although she was securely tied with tapes and sealed, was able to get out
-of her bonds, dress and undress herself, and get into them again, all in
-the dark, and in so complete and skillful a manner as to defy detection.
-Others thought that the spirit released her, provided her with a white
-dress, and sent her forth to personate a ghost. The belief that there was
-something wrong led one gentleman—an ardent Spiritualist—to seize the
-supposed spirit and endeavor to hold it, in the hope that some other person
-would open the cabinet-door and see if Miss Cook was really there. This
-was, unfortunately, not done; but the great resemblance of the being he
-seized to Miss Cook, its perfect solidity, and the vigorous struggles it
-made to escape from him, convinced this gentleman that it was Miss Cook
-herself, although the rest of the company, a few minutes afterwards,
-found her bound and sealed just as she had been left an hour before. To
-determine the question conclusively, experiments have been made within
-the last few weeks by two scientific men. Mr. C. F. Varley, F. R. S., the
-eminent electrician, made use of a galvanic battery and cable-testing apparatus,
-and passed a current through Miss Cook’s body (by fastening
-sovereigns soldered to wires to her arms). The apparatus was so delicate
-that any movement whatever was instantly indicated, while it was impossible
-for the young lady to dress and act as a ghost without breaking
-the circuit. Yet under these conditions the spirit-form did appear, exhibited
-its arms, spoke, wrote, and touched several persons; and this happened,
-be it remembered, not in the medium’s own house, but in that of
-a private gentleman in the West End of London. For nearly an hour the
-circuit was never broken, and at the conclusion Miss Cook was found in a
-deep trance. Since this remarkable experiment Mr. William Crookes,
-F.R.S., has obtained, if possible, still more satisfactory evidence. He
-contrived a phosphorus lamp, and, armed with this, was allowed to go
-into the dark room accompanied by the spirit, and there saw and felt Miss
-Cook, dressed in black velvet, lying in a trance on the floor, while the
-spirit-form, in white robes, stood close beside her. During the evening
-this spirit-form had been for nearly an hour walking and talking with the
-company; and Mr. Crookes, by permission, clasped the figure in his arms,
-and found it to be, apparently, a real living woman, just as the skeptical
-gentleman had done. Yet this figure is not that of Miss Cook, nor of any
-other human being, since it appeared and disappeared in Mr. Crookes’s
-own house as completely as in that of the medium herself. The full
-statements of Messrs. Varley and Crookes, with a mass of interesting detail
-on the subject, appeared in the “Spiritualist” newspaper in March
-and April last; and they serve to show that whatever marvels occur in
-America can be reproduced here, and that men of science are not precluded
-from investigating these phenomena with scientific instruments and
-by scientific methods. In the concluding part of this paper we shall be
-able to show that another class of manifestation which originated in
-America—that of the so-called spirit photographs—has been first critically
-examined and completely demonstrated in our own country.</p>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_37'>37</span>
- <h2 class='c004'>SPIRIT PHOTOGRAPHS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>We now approach a subject which cannot be omitted in
-any impartial sketch of the evidences of Spiritualism, since it
-is that which furnishes perhaps the most unassailable demonstration
-it is possible to obtain, of the objective reality of spiritual
-forms, and also of the truthful nature of the evidence
-furnished by seers when they describe figures visible to themselves
-alone. It has been already indicated—and it is a fact,
-of which the records of Spiritualism furnish ample proof—that
-different individuals possess the power of seeing such
-forms and figures in very variable degrees. Thus, it often
-happens at a séance, that some will see distinct lights of which
-they will describe the form, appearance and position, while
-others see nothing at all. If only one or two persons see the
-lights, the rest will naturally impute it to their imagination;
-but there are cases in which only one or two of those present
-are unable to see them. There are also cases in which all see
-them, but in very different degrees of distinctness; yet that
-they see the same objects is proved by their all agreeing as to
-the position and the movement of the lights. Again, what
-some see as merely luminous clouds, others will see as distinct
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_38'>38</span>human forms, either partial or entire. In other cases all present
-see the form—whether hand, face, or entire figure—with
-equal distinctness. Again, the objective reality of these appearances
-is sometimes proved by their being touched, or by
-their being seen to move objects—in some cases heard to speak,
-in others seen to write, by several persons at one and the same
-time; the figure seen or the writing produced being sometimes
-unmistakably recognizable as that of some deceased
-friend. A volume could easily be filled with records of this
-class of appearances, authenticated by place, date, and names
-of witnesses; and a considerable selection is to be found in
-the works of Mr. Robert Dale Owen.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Now, at this point, an inquirer, who had not pre-judged the
-question, and who did not believe his own knowledge of the
-universe to be so complete as to justify him in rejecting all
-evidence for facts which he had hitherto considered to be in
-the highest degree improbable, might fairly say, “Your evidence
-for the appearance of visible, tangible, spiritual forms,
-is very strong; but I should like to have them submitted to
-a crucial test, which would quite settle the question of the
-possibility of their being due to a coincident delusion of several
-senses of several persons at the same time; and, if satisfactory,
-would demonstrate their objective reality in a way nothing else
-can do. If they really reflect or emit light which makes them
-visible to human eyes, <em>they can be photographed</em>. Photograph
-them, and you will have an unanswerable proof that your human
-witnesses are trustworthy.” Two years ago we could only
-have replied to this very proper suggestion, that we believed
-it had been done and could be again done, but that we had no
-satisfactory evidence to offer. Now, however, we are in a
-position to state, not only that it has been frequently done,
-but that the evidence is of such a nature as to satisfy any one
-who will take the trouble carefully to examine it. This evidence
-we will now lay before our readers, and we venture to
-think they will acknowledge it to be most remarkable.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Before doing so it may be as well to clear away a popular
-misconception. Mr. Lewes advised the Dialectical Committee
-to distinguish carefully between “facts and inferences
-from facts.” This is especially necessary in the case of what
-are called spirit photographs. The figures which occur in
-these, when not produced by any human agency, may be of
-“spiritual” origin, without being figures “of spirits.” There
-is much evidence to show that they are, in some cases, forms
-produced by invisible intelligences, but distinct from them.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_39'>39</span>In other cases the intelligence appears to clothe itself with
-matter capable of being perceived by us; but even then it
-does not follow that the form produced is the actual image of
-the spiritual form. It may be but a reproduction of the
-former mortal form with its terrestrial accompaniments, <em>for
-purposes of recognition</em>.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Most persons have heard of these “ghost-pictures,” and
-how easily they can be made to order by any photographer,
-and are therefore disposed to think they can be of no use as
-evidence. But a little consideration will show them that the
-means by which sham ghosts can be manufactured being so
-well known to all photographers, it becomes easy to apply
-tests or arrange conditions so as to prevent imposition. The
-following are some of the more obvious:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>1. If a person with a knowledge of photography takes his
-own glass plates, examines the camera used and all the accessories,
-and watches the whole process of taking a picture,
-then, if any definite form appears on the negative besides the
-sitter, it is a proof that some object was present capable of reflecting
-or emitting the actinic rays, although invisible to
-those present. 2. If an unmistakable likeness appears of a
-deceased person totally unknown to the photographer. 3. If
-figures appear on the negative having a definite relation to
-the figure of the sitter, who chooses his own position, attitude
-and accompaniments, it is a proof that invisible figures were
-really there. 4. If a figure appears draped in white, and partly
-behind the dark body of the sitter without in the least
-showing through, it is a proof that the white figure was there
-at the same time, because the dark parts of the negative are
-transparent, and any white picture in any way superposed
-would show through. 5. Even should none of these tests be
-applied, yet if a medium, quite independent of the photographer,
-sees and describes a figure during the sitting and an exactly
-corresponding figure appears on the plate, it is a proof
-that such a figure was there.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Every one of these tests have now been successfully applied
-in our own country, as the following outline of the facts
-will show:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The accounts of spirit-photography in several parts of the
-United States caused many Spiritualists in this country to
-make experiments; but for a long time without success. Mr.
-and Mrs. Guppy, who are both amateur photographers, tried
-at their own house, and failed. In March, 1872, they went
-one day to Mr. Hudson’s, a photographer living near them
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_40'>40</span>(not a Spiritualist), to get some <i><span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">cartes de visite</span></i> of Mrs. Guppy.
-After the sitting the idea suddenly struck Mr. Guppy that he
-would try for a spirit-photograph. He sat down, told Mrs.
-G. to go behind the background, and had a picture taken.
-There came out behind him a large, indefinite, oval white
-patch, somewhat resembling the outline of a draped figure.
-Mrs. Guppy, behind the background, was dressed in black.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This is the first spirit-photograph taken in England, and it’s
-perhaps more satisfactory on account of the suddenness of
-the impulse under which it was taken, and the great white
-patch which no impostor would have attempted to produce,
-and which, taken by itself, utterly spoils the picture. A few
-days afterwards, Mr. and Mrs. Guppy and their little boy
-went without any notice. Mrs. Guppy sat on the ground
-holding the boy on a stool. Her husband stood behind looking
-on. The picture thus produced is most remarkable. A
-tall female figure, finely draped in white, gauzy robes, stands
-directly behind and above the sitters, looking down on them
-and holding its open hands over their heads, as if giving a
-benediction. The face is somewhat Eastern, and, with the
-hands, is beautifully defined. The white robes pass behind
-the sitters’ dark figures without in the least showing through.
-A second picture was then taken as soon as a plate could be
-prepared; and it was fortunate it was so, for it resulted in a
-most remarkable test. Mrs. Guppy again knelt with the boy;
-but this time she did not stoop so much, and her head was
-higher. The same white figure comes out equally well defined,
-but <em>it has changed its position in a manner exactly corresponding
-to the slight change of Mrs. Guppy’s position</em>. The
-hands were before on a level; now one is raised considerably
-higher than the other, so as to keep it about the same distance
-from Mrs. Guppy’s head as it was before. The folds of the
-drapery all correspondingly differ, and the head is slightly
-turned. Here, then, one of two things is absolutely certain.
-Either there was a living, intelligent, but invisible being
-present, or Mr. and Mrs. Guppy, the photographer, and some
-fourth person, planned a wicked imposture, and have maintained
-it ever since. Knowing Mr. and Mrs. Guppy so well
-as I do, I feel an absolute conviction that they are as incapable
-of an imposture of this kind as any earnest inquirer after
-truth in the department of natural science.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The report of these pictures soon spread. Spiritualists in
-great numbers came to try for similar results, with varying
-degrees of success; till after a time rumor of imposture arose,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_41'>41</span>and it is now firmly believed by many, from suspicious appearances
-on the pictures and from other circumstances, that a
-large number of shams have been produced. It is certainly
-not to be wondered at if it be so. The photographer, remember,
-was not a Spiritualist, and was utterly puzzled at the
-pictures above described. Scores of persons came to him,
-and he saw that they were satisfied if they got a second figure
-with themselves, and dissatisfied if they did not. He <em>may</em>
-have made arrangements by which to satisfy everybody. One
-thing is clear: that if there has been imposture, it was at
-once detected by Spiritualists themselves; if not, then Spiritualists
-have been quick in noticing what appeared to indicate
-it. Those, however, who most strongly assert imposture,
-allow that a large number of genuine pictures have been
-taken. But, true or not, the cry of imposture did good, since
-it showed the necessity for tests and for independent confirmation
-of the facts.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The test of clearly recognizable likenesses of deceased
-friends has often been obtained. Mr. William Howitt, who
-went without previous notice, obtained likenesses of two
-sons, many years dead, and of the very existence of one of
-which even the friend who accompanied Mr. Howitt was ignorant.
-The likenesses were instantly recognized by Mrs.
-Howitt; and Mr. Howitt declares them to be “perfect and
-unmistakable.” (Spiritual Magazine, Oct., 1872.) Dr. Thomson,
-of Clifton, obtained a photograph of himself, accompanied
-by that of a lady he did not know. He sent it to his
-uncle in Scotland, simply asking if he recognized a resemblance
-to any of the family deceased. The reply was that it
-was the likeness of Dr. Thomson’s own mother, who died at
-his birth; and there being no picture of her in existence, he
-had no idea what she was like. The uncle very naturally remarked,
-that he “could not understand how it was done.”
-(Spiritual Magazine, Oct., 1873.) Many other instances of
-recognition have occurred, but I will only add my personal
-testimony. A few weeks back I myself went to the same
-photographer’s for the first time, and obtained a most unmistakable
-likeness of a deceased relative. We will now pass to
-a better class of evidence, the private experiments of amateurs.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Mr. Thomas Slater, an old-established optician in the Euston
-Road, and an amateur photographer, took with him to
-Mr. Hudson’s a new camera of his own manufacture and his
-own glasses, saw everything done, and obtained a portrait
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_42'>42</span>with a second figure on it. He then began experimenting in
-his own private house, and during last summer obtained some
-remarkable results. The first of his successes contains two
-heads by the side of a portrait of his sister. One of these
-heads is unmistakably the late Lord Brougham’s; the other,
-much less distinct, is recognized by Mr. Slater as that of Robert
-Owen, whom he knew intimately up to the time of his
-death. He has since obtained several excellent pictures of
-the same class. One in particular shows a female in black
-and white flowing robes, standing by the side of Mr. Slater.
-In another the head and bust appears, leaning over his shoulder.
-The faces of these two are much alike, and other members
-of the family recognize them as likenesses of Mr. Slater’s
-mother, who died when he was an infant. In another a
-pretty child-figure, also draped, stands beside Mr. Slater’s
-little boy. Now, whether these figures are correctly identified
-or not, is not the essential point. The fact that <em>any</em> figures,
-so clear and unmistakably human in appearance as
-these, should appear on plates taken in his own private studio
-by an experienced optician and amateur photographer, who
-makes all his apparatus himself, and with no one present but
-the members of his own family, is the real marvel. In one
-case a second figure appeared on a plate with himself, taken
-by Mr. Slater when he was absolutely alone—by the simple
-process of occupying the sitter’s chair after uncapping the
-camera. He and his family being themselves mediums, they
-require no extraneous assistance; and this may perhaps be
-the reason why he has succeeded so well. One of the most
-extraordinary pictures obtained by Mr. Slater is a full-length
-portrait of his sister, in which there is no second figure, but
-the sitter appears covered all over with a kind of transparent
-lace drapery, which on examination is seen to be wholly made
-up of shaded circles of different sizes, quite unlike any material
-fabric I have seen or heard of.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Mr. Slater has himself shown me all these pictures and
-explained the conditions under which they were produced.
-That they are not impostures is certain; and as the first independent
-confirmations of what had been previously obtained
-only through professional photographers, their value is inestimable.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A less successful but not perhaps on that account less satisfactory
-confirmation has been obtained by another amateur,
-who, after eighteen months of experiment, obtained a partial
-success. Mr. R. Williams, M. A., Ph. D., of Hayward’s
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_43'>43</span>Heath, succeeded last summer in obtaining three photographs,
-each with part of a human form besides the sitter, one
-having the features distinctly marked. Subsequently another
-was obtained, with a well-formed figure of a man standing
-at the side of the sitter, but while being developed, this figure
-faded away entirely. Mr. Williams assures me (in a letter)
-that in these experiments there was “no room for trick
-or for the production of these figures by any known means.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The editor of the British Journal of Photography has made
-experiments at Mr. Hudson’s studio, taking his own collodion
-and new plates, and doing everything himself, yet there were
-“abnormal appearances” on the pictures, although no distinct
-figures.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>We now come to the valuable and conclusive experiments
-of Mr. John Beattie, of Clifton, a retired photographer of
-twenty years’ experience, and of whom the above-mentioned
-editor says: “Every one who knows Mr. Beattie will give
-him credit for being a thoughtful, skillful, and intelligent
-photographer, one of the last men in the world to be easily
-deceived, at least in matters relating to photography, and one
-quite incapable of deceiving others.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Mr. Beattie has been assisted in his researches by Dr. Thomson,
-an Edinburgh M. D., who has practiced photography, as
-an amateur, for twenty-five years. They experimented at
-the studio of a friend, who was not a Spiritualist (but who
-became a medium during the experiments), and had the services
-of a tradesman—with whom they were well acquainted—as
-a medium. The whole of the photographic work was
-done by Messrs. Beattie and Thomson, the other two sitting
-at a small table. The pictures were taken in series of three,
-within a few seconds of each other, and several of these series
-were taken at each sitting. The figures produced are,
-for the most part, not human, but variously-formed and shaded
-white patches, which in successive pictures change their
-form, and develop, as it were, into a more perfect or complete
-type. Thus, one set of five begins with two white somewhat
-angular patches over the middle sitter, and ends with a rude
-but unmistakable white female figure, covering the larger part
-of the plate. The other three show intermediate states, indicating
-a continuous change of form from the first figure to
-the last. Another set (of four pictures) begins with a white
-vertical cylinder over the body of the medium, and a shorter
-one on his head. These change their form in the second and
-third, and in the last become laterally spread out into luminous
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_44'>44</span>masses resembling nebulæ. Another set of three is very
-curious. The first has an oblique flowing luminous patch
-from the table to the ground; in the second, this has changed
-to a white serpentine column, ending in a point above the medium’s
-head; in the third, the column has become broader
-and somewhat double, with the curve in an opposite direction,
-and with a head-like termination. The change of the
-curvature may have some connection with a change in the position
-of the sitters, which is seen to have taken place between
-the second and the third of this set. There are two
-others, taken, like all the preceding, in 1872, but which the
-medium described during the exposure. The first, he said,
-was a thick white fog; and the picture came out all shaded
-white, with not a trace of any of the sitters. The other was
-described as a fog with a figure standing in it; and here a
-white human figure is alone seen in the almost uniform foggy
-surface. During the experiments made in 1873, the medium,
-<em>in every case</em>, minutely and correctly described the appearances
-which afterwards came out on the plate. In one there
-is a luminous-rayed star of large size, with a human face
-faintly visible in the centre. This is the last of three in
-which the star developed, and the whole were accurately described
-by the medium. In another set of three, the medium
-first described “a light behind him, coming from the floor.”
-The next, “a light rising over another person’s arms, coming
-from his own boot.” The third, “there is the same light,
-but now a column comes up through the table, and it is hot to
-my hands.” Then he suddenly exclaimed, “What a bright
-light up there! Can you not see it?” pointing to it with his
-hand. All this most accurately describes the three pictures,
-and in the last, the medium’s hand is seen pointing to a white
-patch which appears overhead. There are other curious developments,
-the nature of which is already sufficiently indicated;
-but one very startling single picture must be mentioned.
-During the exposure one medium said he saw on the
-background a black figure, the other medium saw a light figure
-by the side of the black one. In the picture both these
-figures appear, the light one very faintly, the black one much
-more distinctly, of a gigantic size, with a massive coarse-featured
-face and long hair.—(<cite>Spiritual Magazine, January
-and August, 1873</cite>; <cite>Photographic News, June 28th, 1872</cite>.)</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Mr. Beattie has been so good as to send me for examination
-a complete set of these most extraordinary photographs, thirty-two
-in number, and has furnished me with any particulars
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_45'>45</span>I desired. I have described them as correctly as I am able;
-and Dr. Thomson has authorized me to use his name as confirming
-Mr. Beattie’s account of the conditions under which
-they appeared. These experiments were not made without
-labor and perseverance. Sometimes twenty consecutive pictures
-produced absolutely nothing unusual. Hundreds have
-been taken, and more than half have been complete failures.
-But the successes have been well worth the labor. They
-demonstrate the fact that what a medium or sensitive sees
-(even where no one else sees anything) may often have an
-objective existence. They teach us that perhaps the bookseller,
-Nicolai, of Berlin—whose case has been quoted <i><span lang="la" xml:lang="la">ad nauseam</span></i>
-as the type of a “spectral illusion”—saw real beings
-after all; and that, had photography been then discovered
-and properly applied, we might now have the portraits of the
-invisible men and women who crowded his room. They give
-us hints of a process by which the figures seen at séances may
-have to be gradually formed or developed, and enable us better
-to understand the statements repeatedly made by the
-communicating intelligences, that it is very difficult to produce
-definite, visible and tangible forms, and that it can only
-be done under a rare combination of favorable conditions.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>We find, then, that three amateur photographers, working
-independently in different parts of England, separately confirm
-the fact of spirit-photography—already demonstrated to
-the satisfaction of many who had tested it through professional
-photographers. The experiments of Mr. Beattie and Dr.
-Thomson are alone absolutely conclusive; and, taken in connection
-with those of Mr. Slater and Dr. Williams, and the
-test photographs, like those of Mrs. Guppy, establish as a
-scientific fact the objective existence of invisible human
-forms and definite invisible actinic images. Before leaving
-the photographic phenomena we have to notice two curious
-points in connection with them. The actinic action of the
-spirit-forms is peculiar, and much more rapid than that of
-the light reflected from ordinary material forms; for the
-figures start out the moment the developing fluid touches
-them, while the figure of the sitter appears much later. Mr.
-Beattie noticed this throughout his experiments, and I was
-myself much struck with it when watching the development
-of three pictures recently taken at Mr. Hudson’s. The second
-figure, though by no means bright, always came out long
-before any other part of the picture. The other singular
-thing is, the copious drapery in which these forms are almost
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_46'>46</span>always enveloped, so as to show only just what is necessary
-for recognition of the face and figure. The explanation
-given of this is, that the human form is more difficult to materialize
-than drapery. The conventional “white-sheeted
-ghost” was not then all fancy, but had a foundation in fact—a
-fact, too, of deep significance, dependent on the laws of a
-yet unknown chemistry.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c004'>SUMMARY OF THE MORE IMPORTANT MANIFESTATIONS, PHYSICAL AND MENTAL.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>As we have not been able to give an account of many curious
-facts which occur with the various classes of mediums,
-the following catalogue of the more important and well-characterized
-phenomena may be useful. They may be grouped
-provisionally, as, Physical, or those in which material objects
-are acted on, or apparently material bodies produced; and
-Mental, or those which consist in the exhibition, by the medium,
-of powers or faculties not possessed in the normal state.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The principal physical phenomena are the following:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>1. <em>Simple Physical Phenomena.</em>—Producing sounds of all
-kinds, from a delicate tick to blows like those of a heavy
-sledge-hammer. Altering the weight of bodies. Moving
-bodies without human agency. Raising bodies into the air.
-Conveying bodies to a distance out of and into closed rooms.
-Releasing mediums from every description of bonds, even
-from welded iron rings, as has happened in America.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>2. <em>Chemical.</em>—Preserving from the effects of fire, as already
-detailed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>3. <em>Direct Writing and Drawing.</em>—Producing writing or
-drawing on marked papers, placed in such positions that no
-human hand (or foot) can touch them. Sometimes, visibly
-to the spectators, a pencil rising up and writing or drawing
-apparently by itself. Some of the drawings in many colors
-have been produced on marked paper in from ten to twenty
-seconds, and the colors found wet. (See Mr. Coleman’s evidence
-in “Dialectical Report,” p. 143, confirmed by Lord
-Borthwick, p. 150.) Mr. Thomas Slater, of 136 Euston Road,
-is now obtaining communication in the following manner: A
-bit of slate pencil an eighth of an inch long is laid on a table;
-a clean slate is laid over this, in a well-lighted room; the
-sound of writing is then heard, and in a few minutes a communication
-of considerable length is found distinctly written.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_47'>47</span>At other times the slate is held between himself and another
-person, their other hands being joined. Some of these communications
-are philosophical discussions on the nature of
-spirit and matter, supporting the usual Spiritual theory on
-this subject.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>4. <em>Musical Phenomena.</em>—Musical instruments, of various
-kinds, played without human agency, from a hand-bell to a
-closed piano. With some mediums, and where the conditions
-are favorable, original musical compositions of a very high
-character are produced. This occurs with Mr. Home.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>5. <em>Spiritual Forms.</em>—These are either luminous appearances,
-sparks, stars, globes of light, luminous clouds, &#38;c.; or,
-hands, faces, or entire human figures, usually covered with
-flowing drapery, except a portion of the face and hands. The
-human forms are often capable of moving solid objects, and
-are both visible and tangible to all present. In other cases they
-are only visible to seers, but when this is the case it sometimes
-happens that the seer describes the figure as lifting a
-flower or a pen, and others present see the flower or the pen
-apparently move by itself. In some cases they speak distinctly;
-in others the voice is heard by all, the form only
-seen by the medium. The flowing robes of these forms have
-in some cases been examined, and pieces cut off, which have
-in a short time melted away. Flowers are also brought, some
-of which fade away and vanish; others are real, and can be
-kept indefinitely. It must not be concluded that any of these
-forms are actual spirits; they are probably only temporary
-forms produced by spirits for purposes of test, or of recognition
-by their friends. This is the account invariably given of
-them by communications obtained in various ways; so that
-the objection once thought to be so crushing—that there can
-be no “ghosts” of clothes, armor, or walking-sticks—ceases
-to have any weight.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>6. <em>Spiritual Photographs.</em>—These, as just detailed, demonstrate
-by a purely physical experiment the trustworthiness of
-the preceding class of observations.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>We now come to the mental phenomena, of which the following
-are the chief:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>1. <em>Automatic Writing.</em>—The medium writes involuntarily;
-often matter which he is not thinking about, does not expect,
-and does not like. Occasionally definite and correct information
-is given of facts of which the medium has not, nor ever
-had, any knowledge. Sometimes future events are accurately
-predicted. The writing takes place either by the hand or
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_48'>48</span>through a planchette. Often the handwriting changes. Sometimes
-it is written backwards; sometimes in languages the
-medium does not understand.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>2. <em>Seeing, or Clairvoyance and Clairaudience.</em>—This is of
-various kinds. Some mediums see the forms of deceased persons
-unknown to them, and describe their peculiarities so
-minutely that their friends at once recognize them. They
-often hear voices, through which they obtain names, date,
-and place, connected with the individuals so described. Others
-read sealed letters in any language, and write appropriate
-answers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>3. <em>Trance-Speaking.</em>—The medium goes into a more or less
-unconscious state, and then speaks, often on matters and in a
-style far beyond his own capacities. Thus, Serjeant Cox—no
-mean judge on a matter of literary style—says, “I have
-heard an uneducated bar-man, when in a state of trance,
-maintain a dialogue with a party of philosophers on ‘Reason
-and Foreknowledge, Will and Fate,’ and hold his own against
-them. I have put to him the most difficult questions in psychology,
-and received answers, always thoughtful, often full
-of wisdom, and invariably conveyed in choice and elegant
-language. Nevertheless a quarter of an hour afterwards,
-when released from the trance, he was unable to answer the
-simplest query on a philosophical subject, and was even at a
-loss for sufficient language to express a commonplace idea,”
-(“What am I?” Vol. II., p. 242.) That this is not overstated
-I can myself testify, from repeated observation of the same
-medium. And from other trance-speakers—such as Mrs.
-Hardinge, Mrs. Tappan, and Mr. Peebles—I have heard
-discourses which, for high and sustained eloquence, noble
-thoughts, and high moral purpose, surpassed the best efforts
-of any preacher or lecturer within my experience.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>4. <em>Impersonation.</em>—This occurs during trance. The medium
-seems taken possession of by another being; speaks, looks
-and acts the character in a most marvelous manner; in some
-cases speaks foreign languages never even heard in the normal
-state; as in the case of Miss Edmonds, already given.
-When the influence is violent or painful, the effects are such
-as have been in all ages imputed to possession by evil spirits.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>5. <em>Healing.</em>—There are various forms of this. Sometimes
-by mere laying on of hands, an exalted form of simple mesmeric
-healing. Sometimes, in the trance state, the medium at
-once discovers the hidden malady, and prescribes for it, often
-describing very exactly the morbid appearance of internal
-organs.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_49'>49</span>The purely mental phenomena are generally of no use as
-evidence to non-Spiritualists, except in those few cases where
-rigid tests can be applied; but they are so intimately connected
-with the physical series, and often so interwoven with
-them, that no one who has sufficient experience to satisfy him
-of the reality of the former, fails to see that the latter form
-part of the general system, and are dependent on the same
-agencies.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>With the physical series the case is very different. They
-form a connected body of evidence, from the simplest to the
-most complex and astounding, every single component fact
-of which can be and has been repeatedly demonstrated by
-itself; while each gives weight and confirmation to all the
-rest. They have all, or nearly all, been before the world for
-twenty years; the theories and explanations of reviewers and
-critics do not touch them, or in any way satisfy any sane man
-who has repeatedly witnessed them; they have been tested
-and examined by skeptics of every grade of incredulity, men
-in every way qualified to detect imposture or to discover natural
-causes—trained physicists, medical men, lawyers and
-men of business—but in every case the investigators have
-either retired baffled, or become converts.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There have, it is true, been some impostors who have attempted
-to imitate the phenomena; but such cases are few in
-number, and have been discovered by tests far less severe
-than those to which the genuine phenomena have been submitted
-over and over again; and a large proportion of these
-phenomena have never been imitated, because they are beyond
-successful imitation.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Now what do our leaders of public opinion say, when a scientific
-man of proved ability again observes a large portion
-of the more extraordinary phenomena, in his own house, under
-test conditions, and affirms their objective reality; and
-this not after a hasty examination, but after four years of research?
-Men “with heavy scientific appendages to their
-names” refuse to examine them when invited; the eminent
-society of which he is a fellow refuses to record them; and
-the press cries out that it wants better witnesses than Mr.
-Crookes, and that such facts want “confirmation” before
-they can be believed. But why more confirmation? And
-when again “confirmed,” who is to confirm the confirmer?
-After the whole range of the phenomena had been before the
-world ten years, and had convinced skeptics by tens of thousands—skeptics,
-be it remembered, of common sense and more
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_50'>50</span>than common acuteness, Americans of all classes—they were
-<em>confirmed</em> by the first chemist in America, Professor Robert
-Hare. Two years later they were again confirmed by the
-elaborate and persevering inquiries of one of the first American
-lawyers, Judge Edmonds. Then by another good chemist,
-Professor Mapes. In France the truth of the simpler
-physical phenomena was <em>confirmed</em> by Count A. de Gasparin,
-in 1854; and since then French astronomers, mathematicians
-and chemists of high rank have <em>confirmed</em> them. Professor
-Thury of Geneva again <em>confirmed</em> them, in 1855. In our own
-country such men as Professor de Morgan, Dr. Lockhart Robertson,
-T. Adolphus Trollope, Dr. Robert Chambers, Serjeant
-Cox, Mr. C. F. Yarley, as well as the skeptical Dialectical
-Committee, have independently <em>confirmed</em> large portions of
-them; and lastly comes Mr. William Crookes, F.R.S., with
-four years of research and unrestricted experiment with the
-two oldest and most remarkable mediums in the world, and
-again <em>confirms</em> almost the whole series! But even this is not
-all. Through an independent set of most competent observers
-we have the crucial test of photography; a witness which
-cannot be deceived, which has no preconceived opinions,
-which cannot register “subjective” impressions; a thoroughly
-scientific witness, who is admitted into our law courts, and
-whose testimony is good as against any number of recollections
-of what did happen or opinions as to what ought to and
-must have happened. And what have the other side brought
-against this overwhelming array of consistent and unimpeachable
-evidence? They have merely made absurd and inadequate
-suppositions, but have not disproved or explained
-away one weighty fact!</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>My position, therefore, is, that the phenomena of Spiritualism
-in their entirety do <em>not</em> require further confirmation.
-They are proved quite as well as any facts are proved in
-other sciences; and it is not denial or quibbling that can
-disprove any of them, but only fresh facts and accurate deductions
-from those facts. When the opponents of Spiritualism
-can give a record of their researches approaching in duration
-and completeness to those of its advocates; and when
-they can discover and show in detail, either how the phenomena
-are produced or how the many sane and able men here
-referred to have been deluded into a coincident belief that
-they have witnessed them: and when they can prove the correctness
-of their theory by producing a like belief in a body
-of equally sane and able unbelievers—then, and not till then,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_51'>51</span>will it be necessary for Spiritualists to produce fresh confirmation
-of facts which are, and always have been, sufficiently
-real and indisputable to satisfy any honest and persevering
-inquirer.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This being the state of the case as regards evidence and
-proof, we are fully justified in taking the <em>facts</em> of Modern
-Spiritualism (and with them the spiritual theory as the only
-tenable one) as being fully established. It only remains to
-give a brief account of the more important uses and teachings
-of Spiritualism.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c004'>HISTORICAL TEACHINGS OF SPIRITUALISM.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>The lessons which Modern Spiritualism teaches may be
-classed under two heads. In the first place, we find that it
-gives a rational account of various phenomena in human history
-which physical science has been unable to explain, and
-has therefore rejected or ignored; and, in the second, we derive
-from it some definite information as to man’s nature and destiny,
-and, founded on this, an ethical system of great practical
-efficacy. The following are some of the more important phenomena
-of history and of human nature which science cannot
-deal with, but which Spiritualism explains:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>1. It is no small thing that the Spiritualist finds himself
-able to rehabilitate Socrates as a sane man, and his “demon”
-as an intelligent spiritual being who accompanied him through
-life—in other words, a guardian spirit. The non-Spiritualist
-is obliged to look upon one of the greatest men in human history,
-not only as subject all his life to a mental illusion, but
-as being so weak, foolish, or superstitious as never to discover
-that it was an illusion. He is obliged to disbelieve the fact
-asserted by contemporaries and by Socrates himself, that it
-forewarned him truly of dangers; and to hold that this noble
-man, this subtle reasoner, this religious skeptic, who was
-looked up to with veneration and love by the great men who
-were his pupils, was imposed upon by his own fancies, and
-never during a long life found out that they were fancies, and
-that their supposed monitions were as often wrong as right.
-It is a positive mental relief not to have to think thus of Socrates.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>2. Spiritualism allows us to believe that the oracles of antiquity
-were not all impostures; that a whole people, perhaps
-the most intellectually acute who ever existed, were not all
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_52'>52</span>dupes. In discussing the question, “Why the Prophetess
-Pythia giveth no Answers now from the Oracle in Verse,”
-Plutarch tells us that when kings and states consulted the
-oracle on weighty matters that might do harm if made public,
-the replies were couched in enigmatical language; but when
-private persons asked about their own affairs they got direct
-answers in the plainest terms, so that some people even complained
-of their simplicity and directness, as being unworthy
-of a divine origin. And he adds this positive testimony:
-“Her answers, though submitted to the severest scrutiny,
-have never proved false or incorrect. On the contrary, the
-verification of them has filled the temple with gifts from all
-parts of Greece and foreign countries.” And again, “The
-answer of Pythoness proceeds to the very truth, without any
-diversion, circuit, fraud, or ambiguity. It has never yet, in
-a single instance, been convicted of falsehood.” Would such
-statements be made by such a writer, if these oracles were all
-the mere guesses of impostors? The fact that they declined
-and ultimately failed, is wholly in their favor: for why should
-imposture cease as the world became less enlightened and
-more superstitious? Neither does the fact that the priests
-could sometimes be bribed to give out false oracles prove anything,
-against such statements as that of Plutarch and the belief
-during many generations, supported by ever-recurring
-experiences, of the greatest men of antiquity. That belief
-could only have been formed by demonstrative facts; and
-Modern Spiritualism enables us to understand the nature of
-those facts.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>3. Both the Old and New Testaments are full of Spiritualism,
-and Spiritualists alone can read the record with an enlightened
-belief. The hand that wrote upon the wall at Belshazzar’s
-feast, and the three men unhurt in Nebuchadnezzar’s
-fiery furnace, are for them actual facts which they need
-not explain away. St. Paul’s language about “spiritual
-gifts,” and “trying the spirits,” is to them intelligible language,
-and the “gift of tongues” a simple fact. When Christ
-cast out “devils” or evil spirits, he really did so—not merely
-startle a madman into momentary quiescence; and the water
-changed into wine, as well as the bread and fishes continually
-renewed till five thousand men were fed, are credible as extreme
-manifestations of a power which is still daily at work
-among us.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>4. The miracles of the saints, when well attested, come
-into the same category. Those of St. Bernard, for instance,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_53'>53</span>were often performed in broad day before thousands of spectators,
-and were recorded by eye-witnesses. He was himself
-greatly troubled by them, wondering why this power was bestowed
-upon him, and fearing lest it should make him less
-humble. This was not the frame of mind, nor was St. Bernard’s
-the character, of a deluded enthusiast. The Spiritualist
-need not believe that all this never happened; or that St.
-Francis d’Assisi and St. Theresa were not raised into the air,
-as eye-witnesses declared they were.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>5. Witchcraft and witchcraft trials have a new interest for
-the Spiritualist. He is able to detect hundreds of curious and
-minute coincidences with phenomena he has himself witnessed;
-he is able to separate the <em>facts</em> from the absurd <em>inferences</em>
-which people imbued with the frightful superstition of diabolism
-drew from them, and from which false inferences all the
-horrors of the witchcraft mania arose. Spiritualism, and
-Spiritualism alone, gives a rational explanation of witchcraft,
-and determines how much of it was objective fact, how much
-subjective illusion.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>6. Modern Roman Catholic miracles become intelligible
-facts. Spirits whose affections and passions are strongly excited
-in favor of Catholicism, produce those appearances of the
-Virgin and of saints which they know will tend to increased
-religious fervor. The appearance itself may be an objective
-reality; while it is only an inference that it is the Virgin Mary—an
-inference which every intelligent Spiritualist would repudiate
-as in the highest degree improbable.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>7. Second-sight, and many of the so-called superstitions of
-savages, may be realities. It is well known that mediumistic
-power is more frequent and more energetic in mountainous
-countries; and as these are generally inhabited by
-the less civilized races, the beliefs that are more prevalent
-there may be due to facts which are more prevalent, and be
-wrongly imputed to the coincident ignorance. It is known
-to Spiritualists that the pure dry air of California led to more
-powerful and more startling manifestations than in any other
-part of the United States.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>8. The recently-discussed question of the efficacy of prayer
-receives a perfect solution by Spiritualism. Prayer may
-be often answered, though not directly, by the Deity. Nor
-does the answer depend wholly on the morality or the religion
-of the petitioner; but as men who are both moral and religious,
-and are firm believers in a divine response to prayer,
-will pray more frequently, more earnestly and more disinterestedly,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_54'>54</span>they will attract toward them a number of spiritual
-beings who sympathize with them, and who, when the necessary
-mediumistic power is present, will be able, as they are
-often willing, to answer the prayer. A striking case is that of
-George Müller, of Bristol, who has now for forty-four years
-depended wholly for his own support, and that of his wonderful
-charities, on answer to prayer. His “Narrative of
-Some of the Lord’s Dealings with George Müller” (6th Ed.,
-1860), should have been referred to in the late discussion,
-since it furnishes a better demonstration that prayer is sometimes
-really answered, than the hospital experiment proposed
-by Sir Henry Thomson could possibly have done. In this
-work we have a precise yearly statement of his receipts and
-expenditures for many years. He never asked any one or allowed
-any one to be asked, directly or indirectly, for a penny.
-No subscriptions or collections were ever made; yet
-from 1830 (when he married without any income whatever)
-he has lived, brought up a family, and established institutions
-which have steadily increased, till now four thousand orphan
-children are educated and in part supported. It has happened
-hundreds of times that there has been no food in his house
-and no money to buy any, or no food or milk or sugar for the
-children; yet he never took a loaf or any other article on
-credit even for a day; and during the thirty years over which
-his narrative extends, neither he nor the hundreds of children
-dependent upon him for their daily food have ever been
-without a regular meal! They have lived, literally, from
-hand to mouth; and his one and only resource has been secret
-prayer. Here is a case which has been going on in the
-midst of us for forty years, and is still going on; it has been
-published to the world for many years, yet a warm discussion
-is carried on by eminent men as to the fact of whether prayer
-is or is not answered, and not one of them exhibits the
-least knowledge of this most pertinent and illustrative phenomenon!
-The Spiritualist explains all this as a personal influence.
-The perfect simplicity, faith, boundless charity and
-goodness of George Müller, have enlisted in his cause beings
-of a like nature; and his mediumistic powers have enabled
-them to work for him by influencing others to send him money,
-food, clothes, &#38;c., all arriving, as we should say, just in
-the nick of time. The numerous letters he received with
-these gifts, describing the sudden and uncontrollable impulse
-the donors felt to send him a certain definite sum at a certain
-fixed time—such being the exact sum he was in want of and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_55'>55</span>had prayed for—strikingly illustrates the nature of the power
-at work. All this might be explained away, if it were partial
-and discontinuous; but when it continued to supply the
-daily wants of a life of unexampled charity, <em>for which no provision
-in advance was ever made</em> (for that Müller considered
-would show want of trust in God), no such explanation can
-cover the facts.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>9. Spiritualism enables us to comprehend and find a place
-for that long series of disturbances and occult phenomena of
-various kinds, which occurred previous to what are termed
-the Modern Spiritual Manifestations. Robert Dale Owen’s
-works give a rather full account of this class of phenomena,
-which are most accurately recorded and philosophically treated
-by him. This is not the place to refer to them in detail;
-but one of them may be mentioned as showing how large
-an amount of unexplained mystery there was, even in our
-own country, before the world heard anything of Modern
-Spiritualism. In 1841, Major Edward Moor, F. R. S., published
-a little book called “Bealings Bells,” giving an account
-of mysterious bell-ringing in his house at Great Bealings,
-Suffolk, and which continued for fifty-three days. Every attempt
-to discover the cause, by himself, friends, and bell-hangers,
-were fruitless; and by no efforts, however violent,
-could the same clamorous and rapid ringing be produced.
-He wrote an account to the newspapers, requesting information
-bearing on the subject, when, in addition to certain wise
-suggestions—of rats or a monkey as efficient causes—he received
-fourteen communications, all relating cases of mysterious
-bell ringing in different parts of England, many of
-them lasting much longer than Major Moor’s, and all remaining
-equally unexplained. One lasted eighteen months; another
-was in Greenwich Hospital, where neither clerk-of-the-works,
-bell-hanger, nor men of science could discover the
-cause. One clergyman wrote of disturbances of a most
-serious kind continued in his parsonage for <em>nine years</em>, and
-he was able to trace back their existence in the same house
-for <em>sixty years</em>. Another case had lasted <em>twenty years</em>, and
-could be traced back for a <em>century</em>. Some of the details of
-these cases are most instructive. Trick is absolutely the
-most incredible of all explanations. Spiritualism furnishes
-the explanation by means of analogous facts occurring
-every day, and forming part of the great system of phenomena
-which demonstrates the spiritual theory. Major
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_56'>56</span>Moor’s book is very rare; but a good abstract of it is given
-in Owen’s “Debatable Land,” pp. 239–258.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c004'>MORAL TEACHINGS OF SPIRITUALISM.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>We have now to explain the Theory of Human Nature,
-which is the outcome of the phenomena taken in their entirety,
-and is also more or less explicitly taught by the communications
-which purport to come from spirits. It may be briefly
-outlined as follows:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>1. Man is a duality, consisting of an organized spiritual
-form, evolved coincidently with and permeating the physical
-body, and having corresponding organs and developments.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>2. Death is the separation of this duality, and effects no
-change in the spirit, morally or intellectually.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>3. Progressive evolution of the intellectual and moral nature
-is the destiny of individuals; the knowledge, attainments
-and experience of earth-life forming the basis of spirit-life.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>4. Spirits can communicate through properly-endowed mediums.
-They are attracted to those they love or sympathize
-with, and strive to warn, protect, and influence them for
-good, by mental impression when they cannot effect any
-more direct communication; but, as follows from clause (2),
-their communications will be fallible, and must be judged
-and tested just as we do those of our fellow-men.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The foregoing outline propositions will suggest a number
-of questions and difficulties, for the answers to which readers
-are referred to the works of R. D. Owen, Hudson Tuttle, Professor
-Hare, and the records of Spiritualism <i><span lang="la" xml:lang="la">passim</span></i>. Here I
-must pass on to explain with some amount of detail, how the
-theory leads to a pure system of morality with sanctions far
-more powerful and effective than any which either religious
-systems or philosophy have put forth.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This part of the subject cannot perhaps be better introduced
-than by referring to some remarks by Professor Huxley
-in a letter to the Committee of the Dialectical Society.
-He says, “But supposing the phenomena to be genuine—they
-do not interest me. If anybody would endow me with
-the faculty of listening to the chatter of old women and curates
-at the nearest cathedral town, I should decline the privilege,
-having better things to do. And if the folk in the spiritual
-world do not talk more wisely and sensibly than their
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_57'>57</span>friends report them to do, I put them in the same category.”
-This passage, written with the caustic satire in which the
-kind hearted Professor occasionally indulges, can hardly
-mean that if it were proved that men really continued to live
-after the death of the body, that fact would not interest him,
-merely because some of them talked twaddle? Many scientific
-men deny the spiritual source of the manifestations, on
-the ground that real, genuine spirits might reasonably be expected
-not to indulge in the commonplace trivialities which
-do undoubtedly form the staple of ordinary spiritual communications.
-But surely Professor Huxley, as a naturalist and
-philosopher, would not admit this to be a reasonable expectation.
-Does he not hold the doctrine that there can be no effect,
-mental or physical, without an adequate cause? and
-that mental states, faculties, and idiosyncrasies, that are the
-result of gradual development and life-long—or even ancestral—habit,
-cannot be suddenly changed by any known or
-imaginable cause? And if (as the Professor would probably
-admit) a very large majority of those who daily depart this
-life are persons addicted to twaddle, persons who spend much
-of their time in low or trivial pursuits, persons whose pleasures
-are sensual rather than intellectual—whence is to come
-the transforming power which is suddenly, at the mere
-throwing off the physical body, to change these into beings
-able to appreciate and delight in high and intellectual pursuits?
-The thing would be a miracle, the greatest of miracles,
-and surely Professor Huxley is the last man to contemplate
-innumerable miracles as part of the order of nature;
-and all for what? Merely <em>to save these people from the necessary
-consequences of their misspent lives</em>. For the essential
-teaching of Spiritualism is, that we are, all of us, in every act
-and thought, helping to build up a “mental fabric,” which
-will be and constitute ourselves, more completely after the
-death of the body than it does now. Just as this fabric is
-well or ill built, so will our progress and happiness be aided
-or retarded. Just in proportion as we have developed our
-higher intellectual and moral nature, or starved it by disuse
-and by giving undue prominence to those faculties which secure
-us mere physical or selfish enjoyment, shall we be well
-or ill fitted for the new life we enter on. The noble teaching
-of Herbert Spencer, that men are best educated by being left
-to suffer the natural consequences of their actions, is the
-teaching of Spiritualism as regards the transition to another
-phase of life. There will be no imposed rewards or punishments;
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_58'>58</span>but every one will suffer the natural and inevitable
-consequences of a well or ill-spent life. The well-spent life
-is that in which those faculties which regard our personal
-physical well-being are subordinated to those which regard
-our social and intellectual well-being, and the well-being of
-others; and that inherent feeling—which is so universal and
-so difficult to account for—that these latter constitute our
-higher nature, seems also to point to the conclusion that we
-are intended for a condition in which the former will be almost
-wholly unnecessary, and will gradually become rudimentary
-through disuse, while the latter will receive a corresponding
-development.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Although, therefore, the twaddle and triviality of so many
-of the communications is not one whit more interesting to
-sensible Spiritualists than it is to Prof. Huxley, and is never
-voluntarily listened to, yet the fact that such poor stuff is
-talked (supposing it to come from spirits) is both a fact that
-might have been anticipated and a lesson of deep import.
-We must remember, too, the character of the séances at
-which these commonplace communications are received. A
-miscellaneous assemblance of believers of various grades and
-tastes, but mostly in search of an evening’s amusement, and
-of skeptics who look upon all the others as either fools or
-knaves, is not likely to attract to itself the more elevated and
-refined denizens of the higher spheres, who may well be supposed
-to feel too much interest in their own new and grand
-intellectual existence to waste their energies on either class.
-If the fact is proved, that people continue to talk after they
-are dead with just as little sense as when alive, but that, being
-in a state in which sense, both common and uncommon,
-is of far greater importance to happiness than it is here
-(where fools pass very comfortable lives), they suffer the
-penalty of having neglected to cultivate their minds; and
-being so much out of their element in a world where all pleasures
-are mental, they endeavor to recall old times by gossiping
-with their former associates whenever they can find the
-means—Prof. Huxley will not fail to see its vast importance
-as an incentive to that higher education which he is never
-weary of advocating. He would assuredly be interested in
-anything having a really practical bearing on the present as
-well as on the future condition of men; and it is evident that
-even these low and despised phenomena of Spiritualism, “if
-true,” have this bearing, and, combined with its higher teachings,
-constitute a great moral agency which may yet regenerate
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_59'>59</span>the world. For the Spiritualist who, by daily experience,
-gets absolute knowledge of these facts regarding the
-future state—who knows that, just in proportion as he indulges
-in passion, or selfishness, or the exclusive pursuit of
-wealth, and neglects to cultivate the affections and the varied
-powers of his mind, so does he inevitably prepare for
-himself misery in a world in which there are no physical
-wants to be provided for, no sensual enjoyments except those
-directly associated with the affections and sympathies, no
-occupations but those having for their object social and intellectual
-progress—is impelled toward a pure, a sympathetic,
-and an intellectual life by motives far stronger than any
-which either religion or philosophy can supply. He dreads
-to give way to passion or to falsehood, to selfishness or to a
-life of luxurious physical enjoyment, because he knows that
-the natural and inevitable consequences of such habits are
-future misery, necessitating a long and arduous struggle in
-order to develop anew the faculties, whose exercise long disuse
-has rendered painful to him. He will be deterred from
-crime by the knowledge that its unforeseen consequences
-may cause him ages of remorse; while the bad passions which
-it encourages will be a perpetual torment to himself in a state
-of being in which mental emotions cannot be laid aside or forgotten
-amid the fierce struggles and sensual pleasures of a
-physical existence. It must be remembered that these beliefs
-(unlike those of theology) will have a living efficacy,
-because they depend on <em>facts</em> occurring again and again in
-the family circle, constantly reiterating the same truths as
-the result of personal knowledge, and thus bringing home to
-the mind, even of the most obtuse, the absolute reality of
-that future existence in which our degree of happiness or
-misery will be directly dependent on the “mental fabric” we
-construct by our daily thoughts and words and actions here.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Contrast this system of natural and inevitable reward and
-retribution, dependent wholly on the proportionate development
-of our higher mental and moral nature, with the arbitrary
-system of rewards and punishments dependent on
-stated acts and beliefs only, as set forth by all dogmatic religions,
-and who can fail to see that the former is in harmony
-with the whole order of Nature—the latter opposed to it. Yet
-it is actually said that Spiritualism is altogether either imposture
-or delusion, and all its teachings but the product of “expectant
-attention” and “unconscious cerebration”! If none
-of the long series of demonstrative facts which have been
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_60'>60</span>here sketched out, existed, and its only product were this
-theory of a future state, that alone would negative such a
-supposition. And when it is considered that mediums of all
-grades, whether intelligent or ignorant, and having communications
-given through them in various direct and indirect
-ways, are absolutely in accord as to the main features of this
-theory, what becomes of the gross misstatement that nothing
-is given through mediums but what they know and believe
-themselves? The mediums have, almost all, been brought
-up in some of the usual Orthodox beliefs. How is it, then,
-that the usual Orthodox notions of heaven are <em>never</em> confirmed
-through them?</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the scores of volumes and pamphlets of spiritual literature
-I have read, I have found no statement of a spirit describing
-“winged angels,” or “golden harps,” or the “throne
-of God”—to which the humblest orthodox Christian thinks
-he will be introduced if he goes to heaven at all. There is no
-more startling and radical opposition to be found between
-the most diverse religious creeds, than that between the beliefs
-in which the majority of mediums have been brought up
-and the doctrines as to a future life that are delivered through
-them; there is nothing more marvelous in the history of the
-human mind than the fact that, whether in the back-woods
-of America or in country towns in England, ignorant men
-and women having almost all been brought up in the usual
-sectarian notions of heaven and hell, should, the moment
-they become seized by the strange power of mediumship,
-give forth teachings on this subject which are philosophical
-rather than religious, and which differ wholly from what had
-been so deeply ingrained into their minds. And this statement
-is not affected by the fact that communications purport
-to come from Catholic or Protestant, Mahometan or Hindoo
-spirits. Because, while such communications maintain special
-<em>dogmas</em> and <em>doctrines</em>, yet they confirm the <em>very facts</em>
-which really constitute the spiritual theory, and which in
-themselves contradict the theory of the sectarian spirits.
-The Roman Catholic spirit, for instance, does not describe
-himself as being in either the orthodox purgatory, heaven, or
-hell; the Evangelical Dissenter who died in the firm conviction
-that he should certainly “go to Jesus,” never describes
-himself as being with Christ, or as ever having seen him, and
-so on throughout. Nothing is more common than for religious
-people at séances to ask questions about God and Christ. In
-reply they never get more than opinions, or more frequently
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_61'>61</span>the statement that they, the spirits, have no more actual
-knowledge of those subjects than they had while on earth.
-So that the facts are all harmonious; and the very circumstance
-of there being sectarian spirits bears witness in two ways
-to the truth of the spiritual theory—it shows that the mind,
-with its ingrained beliefs, is not suddenly changed at death;
-and it shows that the communications are not the reflection
-of the mind of the medium, who is often of the same religion
-as the communicating spirit, and, because he does not get his
-own ideas confirmed, is obliged to call in the aid of “Satanic
-influence” to account for the anomaly.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The doctrine of a future state and of the proper preparation
-for it as here developed, is to be found in the works of all
-Spiritualists, in the utterances of all trance-speakers, in the
-communications through all mediums; and this could be
-proved, did space permit, by copious quotations. But it varies
-in form and detail in each; and just as the historian arrives
-at the opinions or beliefs of any age or nation, by collating
-the individual opinions of its best and most popular writers,
-so do Spiritualists collate the various statements on the
-subject. They know well that absolute dependence is to be
-placed on no individual communications. They know that
-these are received by a complex physical and mental process,
-both communicator and recipient influencing the result; and
-they accept the teachings as to the future state of man only
-so far as they are repeatedly confirmed in substance (though
-they may differ in detail) by communications obtained under
-the most varied circumstances, through mediums of the most
-different characters and acquirements, at different times and
-in distant places. Fresh converts are apt to think that,
-once satisfied the communications come from their deceased
-friends, they may implicitly trust to them, and apply them
-universally; as if the vast spiritual world was all molded to
-one pattern, instead of being, as it almost certainly is, a thousand
-times more varied than human society on the earth is,
-or ever has been. The fact that the communications do not
-agree as to the condition, occupations, pleasures, and capacities
-of individual spirits, so far from being a difficulty, as has
-been absurdly supposed, is what ought to have been expected;
-while the agreement on the essential features of what we
-have stated to be the spiritual theory of a future state of existence,
-is all the more striking, and tends to establish that
-theory as a fundamental truth.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The assertion so often made, that Spiritualism is the survival
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_62'>62</span>or revival of old superstitions, is so utterly unfounded
-as to be hardly worth notice. A science of human nature
-which is founded on observed facts; which appeals only to
-facts and experiment; which takes no beliefs on trust; which
-inculcates investigation and self-reliance as the first duties of
-intelligent beings; which teaches that happiness in a future
-life can be secured by cultivating and developing to the utmost
-the higher faculties of our intellectual and moral nature,
-<em>and by no other method</em>—is and must be the natural enemy of
-all superstition. Spiritualism is an experimental science, and
-affords the only sure foundation for a true philosophy and a
-pure religion. It abolishes the terms “supernatural” and
-“miracle” by an extension of the sphere of law and the
-realm of nature; and in doing so it takes up and explains
-whatever is true in the superstitions and so-called miracles of
-all ages. It, and it alone, is able to harmonize conflicting
-creeds; and it must ultimately lead to concord among mankind
-in the matter of religion, which has for so many ages
-been the source of unceasing discord and incalculable evil;
-and it will be able to do this because it appeals to evidence
-instead of faith, and substitutes facts for opinions; and is
-thus able to demonstrate the source of much of the teaching
-that men have so often held to be divine.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It will thus be seen that those who can form no higher conception
-of the uses of Spiritualism, “even if true,” than to
-detect crime or to name in advance the winner of the Derby,
-not only prove their own ignorance of the whole subject, but
-exhibit in a marked degree that partial mental paralysis, the
-result of a century of materialistic thought, which renders so
-many men unable seriously to conceive the possibility of a
-natural continuation of human life after the death of the
-body. It will be seen also that Spiritualism is no mere “physiological”
-curiosity, no mere indication of some hitherto unknown
-“law of nature”; but that it is a science of vast extent,
-having the widest, the most important, and the most
-practical issues, and as such should enlist the sympathies alike
-of moralists, philosophers and politicians, and of all who have
-at heart the improvement of society and the permanent elevation
-of human nature.</p>
-
-<p class='c006'>In concluding this necessarily imperfect though somewhat
-lengthy account of a subject about which so little is probably
-known to most of the readers of the Fortnightly Review, I
-would earnestly beg them not to satisfy themselves with a
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_63'>63</span>minute criticism of single facts, the evidence for which, in my
-brief survey, may be imperfect; but to weigh carefully the
-mass of evidence I have adduced, considering its wide range
-and various bearings. I would ask them to look rather at the
-results produced by the evidence than at the evidence itself
-as imperfectly stated by me; to consider the long roll of men
-of ability who, commencing the inquiry as skeptics, left it as
-believers, and to give these men credit for not having overlooked,
-during years of patient inquiry, difficulties which at
-once occur to themselves. I would ask them to ponder well
-on the fact, that no earnest inquirer has ever come to a conclusion
-adverse to the reality of the phenomena; and that no
-Spiritualist has ever yet given them up as false. I would ask
-them, finally, to dwell upon the long series of facts in human
-history that Spiritualism explains, and on the noble and satisfying
-theory of a future life that it unfolds. If they will do
-this, I feel confident that the result I have alone aimed at will
-be attained; which is, to remove the prejudices and misconceptions
-with which the whole subject has been surrounded,
-and to incite to unbiased and persevering examination of the
-facts. For the cardinal maxim of Spiritualism is, that every
-one must find out the truth for himself. It makes no claim
-to be received on hearsay evidence; but, on the other hand,
-it demands that it be not rejected without patient, honest and
-fearless inquiry.</p>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c003'>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div><span class='xlarge'>Modern Spiritualism.</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>By EPES SARGENT.</div>
- <div class='c002'><span class='xlarge'>PLANCHETTE: THE DESPAIR OF SCIENCE.</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>Being a Full Account of Modern Spiritualism.</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='sc'>Price, in Illuminated Paper Covers, $1; in Green Cloth, $1.25. Postage, 16c.</span> A New Edition, just issued by <span class='sc'>Roberts Brothers</span>, Boston.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>This volume should be properly called “A History of Modern Spiritualism,”
-for it is a thorough and careful survey of the whole subject
-of well-attested phenomena believed to be spiritual.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><strong>Prof. WM. CROOKES, F. R. S.</strong>, of London, the celebrated chemist,
-whose scientific verifications of the spiritual phenomena are now creating
-such a sensation, writes, under date of April 17, 1874,—</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“<cite>Planchette</cite> was the first book I read on Spiritualism, and it still remains,
-in my opinion, the best work to place in the hands of the uninitiated.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><strong>GEO. WM. CURTIS</strong>, in <span class='sc'>Harper’s Weekly</span>, says of it,—</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“It is a copious and popular but faithful summary of the phenomena
-and theories. The ample knowledge and literary skill with which the
-subject is treated make this volume an indispensable manual to all
-who are attracted to this speculation, and it will be read with great
-interest by the skeptic as well as by the believer.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><strong>The Rev. Dr. BELLOWS</strong>, in the <span class='sc'>Liberal Christian</span>, says of it,—</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“It sets forth many important considerations with regard to the philosophy
-of the mind, while its historical notices of the development of
-Spiritualism during the last twenty years give a more complete and
-impartial view of the phenomena in question than has thus far been
-presented to the public.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><strong>The New York Express</strong> says,—</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“This is certainly one of the most startling works of our sensational
-age. It purports to give a duly authenticated narration of spiritual manifestations,
-which are beyond the bounds of credulity by any calm thinking
-reader; and yet the asserted facts are given with such an apparent
-truthfulness and distinctness of detail, and the learned and distinguished
-names connected with the scenes described are of such weight, that it
-is impossible to deny the conviction impressed upon the mind that
-either Spiritualism is one of the greatest delusions of the age, or that
-it is indeed a new manifestation of supernatural power, deserving the
-investigations of our theologians and teachers. The work, from its
-extreme interest, will amply repay a careful perusal.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><strong>The Boston Journal</strong> says,—</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“Mr. Sargent has here collected a vast amount of information, and
-whoever wishes to have an intelligent epitome of the whole history of
-modern Spiritualism will find it in this volume.”</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>For Sale by</div>
- <div>COLBY AND RICH,</div>
- <div>No. 9 Montgomery Place, Boston, Mass.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div>NOW READY.</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='large'>A BIOGRAPHY</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>OF</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='xlarge'>MRS. J. H. CONANT,</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>The World’s Medium of the Nineteenth Century.</div>
- <div class='c003'>A HISTORY OF HER MEDIUMSHIP</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='large'>From Childhood to the Present Time;</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>BEING A NARRATIVE OF THE</div>
- <div class='c003'><em>Personal Experiences, Sharp Trials, and Liberalizing Victories achieved in the cause of Human Reason and Spiritual Knowledge.</em></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b c002'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>Let the heart-stricken read it, and be comforted;</div>
- <div class='line'>Let the earth-weary peruse it, and be glad;</div>
- <div class='line'>Let the world’s workers explore it, and be encouraged;</div>
- <div class='line'>Let the doubter scan its incontrovertible testimony, and be confounded;</div>
- <div class='line'>Let the true man and woman, wherever abiding, recognize in it the life-line of a <em>kindred soul</em>.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div><span class='large'>COLBY AND RICH,</span></div>
- <div>PUBLISHERS,</div>
- <div>NO. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE,</div>
- <div>BOSTON, MASS.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div><span class='xlarge'>FLASHES OF LIGHT</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>FROM</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='xlarge'>THE SPIRIT-LAND,</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>THROUGH THE MEDIUMSHIP OF</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='large'>MRS. J. H. CONANT.</span></div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='sc'>Compiled and Arranged by</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>ALLEN PUTNAM,</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='small'>Author of “Spirit-Works;” “Natty, a Spirit;” “Mesmerism, Spiritualism, Witchcraft, and Miracle;” Etc., Etc.</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>This comprehensive volume of more than four hundred pages
-will present to the reader a wide range of useful information
-upon subjects of the utmost importance.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>THE DISEMBODIED MINDS</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'>of many distinguished lights of the past</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>HERE SPEAK</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'>to the embodied intelligences of to-day, proclaiming their views
-as derived from or modified by the <span class='sc'>Freedom from Artificial
-Constraint</span>, and the ADDED LIGHT OF THE SPIRIT-WORLD,
-concerning</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>THE ORIGIN OF MAN,</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'>the duty devolving upon each individual, and the</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>DESTINY OF THE RACE.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>As an Encyclopædia of Spiritual Information, this work is
-without a superior.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Price $1.50. Postage 22 cents.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>COLBY AND RICH, PUBLISHERS,</div>
- <div>9 Montgomery Place, Boston.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div><span class='xlarge'>J. O. Barrett’s Works.</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
- <div><span class='large'>SPIRITUAL PILGRIM:</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>A BIOGRAPHY OF JAMES M. PEEBLES.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>With beauty of style, the author has given full accounts of this celebrated
-writer and speaker, in all his travels; comprising facts of varied
-laws of mediumship, with a <span class='fss'>FINE LIKENESS</span> of Mr. Peebles. Single copy,
-$1.50; Postage, 20 cts.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
- <div><span class='large'>LOOKING BEYOND:</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>A souvenir of love to the bereft of every home—welcomed with joy
-for its sunny Philosophy. Single copy, 75 cts; Postage, 12 cts.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
- <div><span class='large'>SOCIAL FREEDOM:</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>MARRIAGE AS IT IS AND AS IT SHOULD BE.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>An analytical and beautiful treatise on the <span class='sc'>Social Question</span>, comprehending
-all the main issues, and proving that the highest freedom is
-compatible with the strictest virtue. Single copy, 25 cts; six copies,
-$1.20; twelve copies, $2.00.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
- <div><span class='large'>SPIRITUAL HARP:</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>BY</div>
- <div class='c003'>J. O. BARRETT, J. M. PEEBLES, and E. H. BAILEY.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Popular all over the world, it is so full of beautiful words and inspiring
-melodies. Single copy, $2.00, Postage, 26 cts; six copies, $10.00; twelve
-copies, $19.00; Gilt, $12.50; Abridged, $11.00; Postage, 14 cts.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>COLBY &#38; RICH,</div>
- <div>No. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE,</div>
- <div>BOSTON, MASS.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div><span class='xlarge'>THE CLERGY</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>A</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='xlarge'>SOURCE OF DANGER</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>TO THE</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='xlarge'>AMERICAN REPUBLIC.</span></div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='large'>BY W. F. JAMIESON.</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>“By being a good Churchman, a person might become a bad citizen.”—<cite>Fox’s
-Speech in the House of Commons, Parl. Hist., Vol. xxix, p. 1377.</cite></p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“The king, [George III,] on every occasion, paid a court to the clergy.”
-“He was, therefore, sure of their support, and they zealously aided him
-in every attempt to oppress the Colonies.”—<cite>Buckle’s History of Civilization
-in England, Vol. i, p. 343.</cite></p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“During almost a hundred and fifty years, Europe was afflicted by religious
-wars, religious massacres, and religious persecutions; not one of
-which would have arisen, if the great truth had been recognized, that the
-state has no concern with the opinions of men, and no right to interfere,
-even in the slightest degree, with the form of worship which they may
-choose to adopt.”—<cite>Buckle’s History, p. 190.</cite></p>
-
-<table class='table0'>
-<colgroup>
-<col class='colwidth50'>
-<col class='colwidth50'>
-</colgroup>
- <tr>
- <td class='c012'>CLOTH</td>
- <td class='c013'>$1,50</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c012'>GILT</td>
- <td class='c013'>2,00</td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td class='c014' colspan='2'>POSTAGE 20 CENTS.</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>ORIGIN AND PROGRESS</div>
- <div>OF THE</div>
- <div>MOVEMENT FOR THE</div>
- <div>RECOGNITION OE THE</div>
- <div>CHRISTIAN GOD, JESUS CHRIST</div>
- <div>AND THE BIBLE,</div>
- <div>IN THE</div>
- <div>UNITED STATES CONSTITUTION,</div>
- <div>BY W. F. JAMIESON.</div>
- <div>PRICE 15 CENTS, POSTAGE 2 CENTS.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div><span class='xlarge'>COLBY &#38; RICH,</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>No. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE,</div>
- <div class='c003'>BOSTON,</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='xlarge'>Publishers and Booksellers</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>KEEP A COMPLETE ASSORTMENT OF</div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='large'><em>SPIRITUAL</em>, <em>PROGRESSIVE</em>, <em>REFORM</em>,</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>AND</div>
- <div class='c003'>MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS,</div>
- <div class='c003'>AT WHOLESALE AND RETAIL.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
- <div>AMONG THE AUTHORS ARE,—</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>ANDREW JACKSON DAVIS,</div>
- <div class='line'>Hon. ROBERT DALE OWEN,</div>
- <div class='line'>WILLIAM DENTON,</div>
- <div class='line'>JAS. M. PEEBLES,</div>
- <div class='line'>HENRY C. WRIGHT,</div>
- <div class='line'>ERNEST RENAN,</div>
- <div class='line'>GILES B. STEBBINS,</div>
- <div class='line'>WARREN CHASE,</div>
- <div class='line'>D. D. HOME,</div>
- <div class='line'>T. R. HAZARD,</div>
- <div class='line'>A. E. NEWTON,</div>
- <div class='line'>Rev. M. B. CRAVEN,</div>
- <div class='line'>Judge J. W. EDMONDS,</div>
- <div class='line'>Prof. S. B. BRITTAN,</div>
- <div class='line'>ALLEN PUTNAM,</div>
- <div class='line'>EPES SARGENT,</div>
- <div class='line'>W. F. EVANS,</div>
- <div class='line'>HUDSON TUTTLE,</div>
- <div class='line'>A. B. CHILD,</div>
- <div class='line'>P. B. RANDOLPH,</div>
- <div class='line'>WARREN S. BARLOW,</div>
- <div class='line'>Rev. T. B. TAYLOR,</div>
- <div class='line'>J. O. BARRETT,</div>
- <div class='line'>Rev. WM. MOUNTFORD.</div>
- </div>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'>Mrs. EMMA HARDINGE,</div>
- <div class='line'>Mrs. J. S. ADAMS,</div>
- <div class='line'>ACHSA W. SPRAGUE,</div>
- <div class='line'>BELLE BUSH,</div>
- <div class='line'>Miss LIZZIE DOTEN,</div>
- <div class='line'>Mrs. MARIA M. KING,</div>
- <div class='line'>Mrs. L. MARIA CHILD,</div>
- <div class='line'>Mrs. LOIS WAISBROOKER.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>TERMS CASH.—Orders for Books must be accompanied by all or part cash.
-When the money sent is not sufficient to fill the order, the balance must be paid
-C. O. D.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Any Book published in England or America, not out of print, will be sent by
-mail or express.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>☞ Catalogues of Books giving prices, &#38;c., sent free.</p>
-
-<div class='double'>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div><span class='xlarge'>BANNER OF LIGHT:</span></div>
- <div class='c003'>AN EXPONENT OF THE</div>
- <div><span class='large'>SPIRITUAL PHILOSOPHY</span></div>
- <div>OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY.</div>
- <div class='c003'>PUBLISHED WEEKLY</div>
- <div>AT NO. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE, BOSTON, MASS.,</div>
- <div class='c003'>COLBY &#38; RICH, Proprietors.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>THE BANNER OF LIGHT is a first-class eight-page Family Newspaper,
-containing <span class='fss'>FORTY COLUMNS OF INTERESTING AND INSTRUCTIVE READING</span>, classed
-as follows:</p>
-
-<p class='c015'><strong>LITERARY DEPARTMENT.</strong>—Original Novelettes of reformatory
-tendencies, and occasionally translations from French and German authors.</p>
-
-<p class='c015'><strong>REPORTS OF SPIRITUAL LECTURES.</strong>—By able Trance and
-Normal Speakers.</p>
-
-<p class='c015'><strong>ORIGINAL ESSAYS.</strong>—Upon Spiritual, Philosophical, and Scientific
-Subjects.</p>
-
-<p class='c015'><strong>EDITORIAL DEPARTMENT.</strong>—Subjects of General Interest, the
-Spiritual Philosophy, Current Events, Entertaining Miscellany, Notices of
-New Publications, &#38;c.</p>
-
-<p class='c015'><strong>MESSAGE DEPARTMENT.</strong>—A page of Spirit-Messages from the
-departed to their friends in earth-life, given through the mediumship of
-<span class='sc'>Mrs. J. H. Conant</span>, proving direct spirit-intercourse between the Mundane
-and Super-Mundane Worlds.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All which features render this journal a popular Family Paper, and at the
-same time the Harbinger of a Glorious Scientific Religion.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION IN ADVANCE:</p>
-
-<table class='table0'>
-<colgroup>
-<col class='colwidth45'>
-<col class='colwidth54'>
-</colgroup>
- <tr>
- <td class='c012'><strong>Per Year, $3.00</strong></td>
- <td class='c013'><strong>Six Months, $1.50.</strong></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class='c009'>In remitting by mail, a Post Office Order or Draft on Boston or New York payable
-to the order of COLBY and RICH, is preferable to Bank Notes, since, should
-the Order or Draft be lost or stolen, it can be renewed without loss to the sender.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Subscriptions discontinued at the expiration of the time paid for.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Subscribers in Canada will add to the terms of subscription 20 cents per year, for
-pre-payment of American postage.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>☞ <em>Specimen Copies sent Free.</em></p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='sc'>Advertisements</span> inserted at twenty cents per line for the first, and fifteen cents
-per line for each subsequent insertion.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>☞ All communications intended for publication, or in any way connected with
-the Editorial Department, should be addressed to the <span class='sc'>Editor</span>. Letters to the Editor,
-not intended for publication, should be marked “private” on the envelope.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>COLBY &#38; RICH,</div>
- <div><em>NO. 9 MONTGOMERY PLACE</em>,</div>
- <div>BOSTON, MASS.</div>
- <div class='c003'>This Establishment keeps for sale all</div>
- <div>Spiritual, Progressive and Reform Publications.</div>
- <div>For Prices, &#38;c., see Catalogues, and advertisements in the Banner of Light.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c003'>
-</div>
-<div class='tnotes x-ebookmaker'>
-
-<div class='chapter ph'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c010'>
- <div>TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
- <ol class='ol_1 c002'>
- <li>Silently corrected obvious typographical errors and variations in spelling.
-
- </li>
- <li>Retained archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings as printed.
- </li>
- </ol>
-
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A DEFENCE OF MODERN SPIRITUALISM ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
- </body>
- <!-- created with ppgen.py 3.57c_GHS_H5 on 2022-11-09 23:18:45 GMT -->
-</html>
diff --git a/old/69454-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/69454-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 120c38b..0000000
--- a/old/69454-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ